Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, appConnectionId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new AppConnection in a given project and location.
+
+ delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes a single AppConnection.
+ +Gets details of a single AppConnection.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists AppConnections in a given project and location.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+ +Updates the parameters of a single AppConnection.
+
+ resolve(parent, appConnectorId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Resolves AppConnections details for a given AppConnector. An internal method called by a connector to find AppConnections to connect to.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -92,6 +116,151 @@Close httplib2 connections.+
create(parent, appConnectionId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new AppConnection in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource project name of the AppConnection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BeyondCorp AppConnection resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppConnection.
+ "applicationEndpoint": { # ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint. # Required. Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
+ "host": "A String", # Required. Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
+ "port": 42, # Required. Port of the remote application endpoint.
+ },
+ "connectors": [ # Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
+ "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnection.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+ appConnectionId: string, Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a single AppConnection.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp Connector name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnections/{app_connection_id}` (required)
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details of a single AppConnection.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppConnection name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnections/{app_connection_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A BeyondCorp AppConnection resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppConnection.
+ "applicationEndpoint": { # ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint. # Required. Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
+ "host": "A String", # Required. Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
+ "port": 42, # Required. Port of the remote application endpoint.
+ },
+ "connectors": [ # Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
+ "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnection.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. @@ -140,6 +309,212 @@Method Details
}
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists AppConnections in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AppConnection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. A filter specifying constraints of a list operation.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ListAppConnectionsRequest, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BeyondCorp.ListAppConnections.
+ "appConnections": [ # A list of BeyondCorp AppConnections in the project.
+ { # A BeyondCorp AppConnection resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppConnection.
+ "applicationEndpoint": { # ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint. # Required. Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
+ "host": "A String", # Required. Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
+ "port": 42, # Required. Port of the remote application endpoint.
+ },
+ "connectors": [ # Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
+ "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnection.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "unreachable": [ # A list of locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Updates the parameters of a single AppConnection.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BeyondCorp AppConnection resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppConnection.
+ "applicationEndpoint": { # ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint. # Required. Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
+ "host": "A String", # Required. Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
+ "port": 42, # Required. Port of the remote application endpoint.
+ },
+ "connectors": [ # Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
+ "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnection.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+ allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set as true, will create the resource if it is not found.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from [BeyondCorp.AppConnection]: * `labels` * `display_name` * `application_endpoint` * `connectors`
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+resolve(parent, appConnectorId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Resolves AppConnections details for a given AppConnector. An internal method called by a connector to find AppConnections to connect to.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AppConnection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ appConnectorId: string, Required. BeyondCorp Connector name of the connector associated with those AppConnections using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnectors/{app_connector_id}`
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ResolveAppConnectionsResponse, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BeyondCorp.ResolveAppConnections.
+ "appConnectionDetails": [ # A list of BeyondCorp AppConnections with details in the project.
+ { # Details of the AppConnection.
+ "appConnection": { # A BeyondCorp AppConnection resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppConnection. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppConnection. # A BeyondCorp AppConnection in the project.
+ "applicationEndpoint": { # ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint. # Required. Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
+ "host": "A String", # Required. Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
+ "port": 42, # Required. Port of the remote application endpoint.
+ },
+ "connectors": [ # Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
+ "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnection.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ },
+ "recentMigVms": [ # If type=GCP_REGIONAL_MIG, contains most recent VM instances, like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project_id}/zones/{zone_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "unreachable": [ # A list of locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+resolve_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appConnectors.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appConnectors.html index 71e2fb08035..680c7a8f0f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appConnectors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appConnectors.html @@ -77,9 +77,33 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(parent, appConnectorId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new AppConnector in a given project and location.
++
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single AppConnector.
+ +Gets details of a single AppConnector.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
++
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists AppConnectors in a given project and location.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the parameters of a single AppConnector.
++
+reportStatus(appConnector, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Report status for a given connector.
++
+resolveInstanceConfig(appConnector, x__xgafv=None)Get instance config for a given AppConnector. An internal method called by a AppConnector to get its container config.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -92,6 +116,155 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, appConnectorId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new AppConnector in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource project name of the AppConnector location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BeyondCorp connector resource that represents an application facing component deployed proximal to and with direct access to the application instances. It is used to establish connectivity between the remote enterprise environment and GCP. It initiates connections to the applications and can proxy the data from users over the connection.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
+ "principalInfo": { # PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof. # Required. Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
+ "serviceAccount": { # ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account. # A GCP service account.
+ "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
+ },
+ },
+ "resourceInfo": { # ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent # Optional. Resource info of the connector.
+ "id": "A String", # Required. Unique Id for the resource.
+ "resource": { # Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "status": "A String", # Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
+ "sub": [ # List of Info for the sub level resources.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo
+ ],
+ "time": "A String", # The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnector.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+ appConnectorId: string, Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a single AppConnector.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppConnector name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnectors/{app_connector_id}` (required)
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details of a single AppConnector.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppConnector name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnectors/{app_connector_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A BeyondCorp connector resource that represents an application facing component deployed proximal to and with direct access to the application instances. It is used to establish connectivity between the remote enterprise environment and GCP. It initiates connections to the applications and can proxy the data from users over the connection.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
+ "principalInfo": { # PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof. # Required. Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
+ "serviceAccount": { # ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account. # A GCP service account.
+ "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
+ },
+ },
+ "resourceInfo": { # ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent # Optional. Resource info of the connector.
+ "id": "A String", # Required. Unique Id for the resource.
+ "resource": { # Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "status": "A String", # Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
+ "sub": [ # List of Info for the sub level resources.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo
+ ],
+ "time": "A String", # The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnector.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. @@ -140,6 +313,231 @@Method Details
}
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists AppConnectors in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AppConnector location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. A filter specifying constraints of a list operation.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ListAppConnectorsRequest, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BeyondCorp.ListAppConnectors.
+ "appConnectors": [ # A list of BeyondCorp AppConnectors in the project.
+ { # A BeyondCorp connector resource that represents an application facing component deployed proximal to and with direct access to the application instances. It is used to establish connectivity between the remote enterprise environment and GCP. It initiates connections to the applications and can proxy the data from users over the connection.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
+ "principalInfo": { # PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof. # Required. Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
+ "serviceAccount": { # ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account. # A GCP service account.
+ "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
+ },
+ },
+ "resourceInfo": { # ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent # Optional. Resource info of the connector.
+ "id": "A String", # Required. Unique Id for the resource.
+ "resource": { # Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "status": "A String", # Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
+ "sub": [ # List of Info for the sub level resources.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo
+ ],
+ "time": "A String", # The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnector.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "unreachable": [ # A list of locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Updates the parameters of a single AppConnector.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BeyondCorp connector resource that represents an application facing component deployed proximal to and with direct access to the application instances. It is used to establish connectivity between the remote enterprise environment and GCP. It initiates connections to the applications and can proxy the data from users over the connection.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
+ "principalInfo": { # PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof. # Required. Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
+ "serviceAccount": { # ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account. # A GCP service account.
+ "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
+ },
+ },
+ "resourceInfo": { # ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent # Optional. Resource info of the connector.
+ "id": "A String", # Required. Unique Id for the resource.
+ "resource": { # Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "status": "A String", # Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
+ "sub": [ # List of Info for the sub level resources.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo
+ ],
+ "time": "A String", # The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppConnector.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from [BeyondCorp.AppConnector]: * `labels` * `display_name`
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+reportStatus(appConnector, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Report status for a given connector.
+
+Args:
+ appConnector: string, Required. BeyondCorp Connector name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connectors/{connector}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request report the connector status.
+ "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ "resourceInfo": { # ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent # Required. Resource info of the connector.
+ "id": "A String", # Required. Unique Id for the resource.
+ "resource": { # Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "status": "A String", # Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
+ "sub": [ # List of Info for the sub level resources.
+ # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1ResourceInfo
+ ],
+ "time": "A String", # The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
+ },
+ "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+resolveInstanceConfig(appConnector, x__xgafv=None)
+ Get instance config for a given AppConnector. An internal method called by a AppConnector to get its container config.
+
+Args:
+ appConnector: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppConnector name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appConnectors/{app_connector}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BeyondCorp.ResolveInstanceConfig.
+ "instanceConfig": { # AppConnectorInstanceConfig defines the instance config of a AppConnector. # AppConnectorInstanceConfig.
+ "imageConfig": { # ImageConfig defines the control plane images to run. # ImageConfig defines the GCR images to run for the remote agent's control plane.
+ "stableImage": "A String", # The stable image that the remote agent will fallback to if the target image fails. Format would be a gcr image path, e.g.: gcr.io/PROJECT-ID/my-image:tag1
+ "targetImage": "A String", # The initial image the remote agent will attempt to run for the control plane. Format would be a gcr image path, e.g.: gcr.io/PROJECT-ID/my-image:tag1
+ },
+ "instanceConfig": { # The SLM instance agent configuration.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig defines the mechanisms to notify instance agent. # NotificationConfig defines the notification mechanism that the remote instance should subscribe to in order to receive notification.
+ "pubsubNotification": { # The configuration for Pub/Sub messaging for the AppConnector. # Cloud Pub/Sub Configuration to receive notifications.
+ "pubsubSubscription": "A String", # The Pub/Sub subscription the AppConnector uses to receive notifications.
+ },
+ },
+ "sequenceNumber": "A String", # Required. A monotonically increasing number generated and maintained by the API provider. Every time a config changes in the backend, the sequenceNumber should be bumped up to reflect the change.
+ },
+}
+setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appGateways.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appGateways.html index a1c3f47beb1..64b84123fa1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.appGateways.html @@ -77,9 +77,24 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(parent, appGatewayId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new AppGateway in a given project and location.
++
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single AppGateway.
+ +Gets details of a single AppGateway.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
++
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists AppGateways in a given project and location.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -92,6 +107,141 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, appGatewayId=None, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new AppGateway in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource project name of the AppGateway location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A BeyondCorp AppGateway resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppGateway.
+ "allocatedConnections": [ # Output only. A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
+ { # Allocated connection of the AppGateway.
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Required. The ingress port of an allocated connection
+ "pscUri": "A String", # Required. The PSC uri of an allocated connection
+ },
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "hostType": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppGateway.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+}
+
+ appGatewayId: string, Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a single AppGateway.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppGateway name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appGateways/{app_gateway_id}` (required)
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details of a single AppGateway.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. BeyondCorp AppGateway name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appGateways/{app_gateway_id}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A BeyondCorp AppGateway resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppGateway.
+ "allocatedConnections": [ # Output only. A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
+ { # Allocated connection of the AppGateway.
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Required. The ingress port of an allocated connection
+ "pscUri": "A String", # Required. The PSC uri of an allocated connection
+ },
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "hostType": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppGateway.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+}
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. @@ -140,6 +290,68 @@Method Details
}
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists AppGateways in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AppGateway location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. A filter specifying constraints of a list operation.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 50 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous ListAppGatewaysRequest, if any.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BeyondCorp.ListAppGateways.
+ "appGateways": [ # A list of BeyondCorp AppGateways in the project.
+ { # A BeyondCorp AppGateway resource represents a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway to a remote application. It creates all the necessary GCP components needed for creating a BeyondCorp protected AppGateway. Multiple connectors can be authorised for a single AppGateway.
+ "allocatedConnections": [ # Output only. A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
+ { # Allocated connection of the AppGateway.
+ "ingressPort": 42, # Required. The ingress port of an allocated connection
+ "pscUri": "A String", # Required. The PSC uri of an allocated connection
+ },
+ ],
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+ "hostType": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
+ "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the AppGateway.
+ "type": "A String", # Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
+ "uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+ "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+ "unreachable": [ # A list of locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html index 2b124f0b3dc..f63a829aede 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html @@ -77,9 +77,27 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Creates a new ClientConnectorService in a given project and location.
++
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single ClientConnectorService.
+ +Gets details of a single ClientConnectorService.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
++
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists ClientConnectorServices in a given project and location.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+ +Updates the parameters of a single ClientConnectorService.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -92,6 +110,147 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, body=None, clientConnectorServiceId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new ClientConnectorService in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing ClientConnectorService object.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-provided name. The display name should follow certain format. * Must be 6 to 30 characters in length. * Can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter.
+ "egress": { # The details of the egress info. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the egress settings.
+ "peeredVpc": { # The peered VPC owned by the consumer project. # A VPC from the consumer project.
+ "networkVpc": "A String", # Required. The name of the peered VPC owned by the consumer project.
+ },
+ },
+ "ingress": { # Settings of how to connect to the ClientGateway. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the ingress settings.
+ "config": { # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways. # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways.
+ "destinationRoutes": [ # Required. The settings used to configure basic ClientGateways.
+ { # The setting used to configure ClientGateways. It is adding routes to the client's routing table after the connection is established.
+ "address": "A String", # Required. The network address of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ "netmask": "A String", # Required. The network mask of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ },
+ ],
+ "transportProtocol": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The transport protocol used between the client and the server.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the ClientConnectorService.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+}
+
+ clientConnectorServiceId: string, Optional. User-settable client connector service resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter. A random system generated name will be assigned if not specified by the user.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a single ClientConnectorService.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details of a single ClientConnectorService.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Message describing ClientConnectorService object.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-provided name. The display name should follow certain format. * Must be 6 to 30 characters in length. * Can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter.
+ "egress": { # The details of the egress info. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the egress settings.
+ "peeredVpc": { # The peered VPC owned by the consumer project. # A VPC from the consumer project.
+ "networkVpc": "A String", # Required. The name of the peered VPC owned by the consumer project.
+ },
+ },
+ "ingress": { # Settings of how to connect to the ClientGateway. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the ingress settings.
+ "config": { # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways. # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways.
+ "destinationRoutes": [ # Required. The settings used to configure basic ClientGateways.
+ { # The setting used to configure ClientGateways. It is adding routes to the client's routing table after the connection is established.
+ "address": "A String", # Required. The network address of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ "netmask": "A String", # Required. The network mask of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ },
+ ],
+ "transportProtocol": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The transport protocol used between the client and the server.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the ClientConnectorService.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+}
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. @@ -140,6 +299,137 @@Method Details
}
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists ClientConnectorServices in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListClientConnectorServicesRequest. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Message for response to listing ClientConnectorServices.
+ "clientConnectorServices": [ # The list of ClientConnectorService.
+ { # Message describing ClientConnectorService object.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-provided name. The display name should follow certain format. * Must be 6 to 30 characters in length. * Can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter.
+ "egress": { # The details of the egress info. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the egress settings.
+ "peeredVpc": { # The peered VPC owned by the consumer project. # A VPC from the consumer project.
+ "networkVpc": "A String", # Required. The name of the peered VPC owned by the consumer project.
+ },
+ },
+ "ingress": { # Settings of how to connect to the ClientGateway. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the ingress settings.
+ "config": { # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways. # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways.
+ "destinationRoutes": [ # Required. The settings used to configure basic ClientGateways.
+ { # The setting used to configure ClientGateways. It is adding routes to the client's routing table after the connection is established.
+ "address": "A String", # Required. The network address of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ "netmask": "A String", # Required. The network mask of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ },
+ ],
+ "transportProtocol": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The transport protocol used between the client and the server.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the ClientConnectorService.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+ "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Updates the parameters of a single ClientConnectorService.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of resource. The name is ignored during creation. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing ClientConnectorService object.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-provided name. The display name should follow certain format. * Must be 6 to 30 characters in length. * Can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter.
+ "egress": { # The details of the egress info. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the egress settings.
+ "peeredVpc": { # The peered VPC owned by the consumer project. # A VPC from the consumer project.
+ "networkVpc": "A String", # Required. The name of the peered VPC owned by the consumer project.
+ },
+ },
+ "ingress": { # Settings of how to connect to the ClientGateway. One of the following options should be set. # Required. The details of the ingress settings.
+ "config": { # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways. # The basic ingress config for ClientGateways.
+ "destinationRoutes": [ # Required. The settings used to configure basic ClientGateways.
+ { # The setting used to configure ClientGateways. It is adding routes to the client's routing table after the connection is established.
+ "address": "A String", # Required. The network address of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ "netmask": "A String", # Required. The network mask of the subnet for which the packet is routed to the ClientGateway.
+ },
+ ],
+ "transportProtocol": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The transport protocol used between the client and the server.
+ },
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the ClientConnectorService.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+}
+
+ allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set as true, will create the resource if it is not found.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ClientConnectorService resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Mutable fields: display_name, ingress.config.destination_routes.
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientGateways.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientGateways.html index cf86a8d1554..fed0b329067 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1.projects.locations.clientGateways.html @@ -77,9 +77,24 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(parent, body=None, clientGatewayId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new ClientGateway in a given project and location.
++
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single ClientGateway.
+ +Gets details of a single ClientGateway.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
++
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists ClientGateways in a given project and location.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -92,6 +107,117 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, body=None, clientGatewayId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new ClientGateway in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing ClientGateway object.
+ "clientConnectorService": "A String", # Output only. The client connector service name that the client gateway is associated to. Client Connector Services, named as follows: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/client_connector_services/{client_connector_service_id}`.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the gateway.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+}
+
+ clientGatewayId: string, Optional. User-settable client gateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a single ClientGateway.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+ requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details of a single ClientGateway.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Message describing ClientGateway object.
+ "clientConnectorService": "A String", # Output only. The client connector service name that the client gateway is associated to. Client Connector Services, named as follows: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/client_connector_services/{client_connector_service_id}`.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the gateway.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+}
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. @@ -140,6 +266,56 @@Method Details
}
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists ClientGateways in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListClientGatewaysRequest. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Message for response to listing ClientGateways.
+ "clientGateways": [ # The list of ClientGateway.
+ { # Message describing ClientGateway object.
+ "clientConnectorService": "A String", # Output only. The client connector service name that the client gateway is associated to. Client Connector Services, named as follows: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/client_connector_services/{client_connector_service_id}`.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+ "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. name of resource. The name is ignored during creation.
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The operational state of the gateway.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+ "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.appConnections.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.appConnections.html index f3a23c8a0ad..8325c2618fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.appConnections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.appConnections.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection. - "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id} + "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}` "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway. "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection. - "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id} + "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}` "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway. "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection. - "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id} + "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}` "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway. "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource. @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection. - "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id} + "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}` "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway. "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "gateway": { # Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity. # Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection. - "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id} + "appGateway": "A String", # Required. AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}` "ingressPort": 42, # Output only. Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway. "uri": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URI for this resource. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@Method Details
"uid": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified. }, - "recentMigVms": [ # If type=GCP_REGIONAL_MIG, contains most recent VM instances, like "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project_id}/zones/{zone_id}/instances/{instance_id}". + "recentMigVms": [ # If type=GCP_REGIONAL_MIG, contains most recent VM instances, like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project_id}/zones/{zone_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html index 342631c9966..b872eabd0e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.clientConnectorServices.html @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@Method Details
allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set as true, will create the resource if it is not found. requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ClientConnectorService resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Mutable fields: display_name. + updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ClientConnectorService resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Mutable fields: display_name, ingress.config.destination_routes. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validates request by executing a dry-run which would not alter the resource in any way. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html index 507601a765b..f1ef10baa3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@Method Details
"transferConfigs": [ # Output only. The stored pipeline transfer configurations. { # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html index 398b426f65c..58a71b47a07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@Method Details
"transferConfigs": [ # Output only. The stored pipeline transfer configurations. { # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example, `destination_dataset_id` specifies where data should be stored. When a new transfer configuration is created, the specified `destination_dataset_id` is created when needed and shared with the appropriate data source service account. "dataRefreshWindowDays": 42, # The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data. For example, if `data_refresh_window_days = 10`, then every day BigQuery reingests data for [today-10, today-1], rather than ingesting data for just [today-1]. Only valid if the data source supports the feature. Set the value to 0 to use the default value. - "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source ids can be returned through API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list The individual data source id can also be found in the bq tab in the 'Setting up a data transfer' section for each data source. For example, the data source id for Cloud Storage transfers is listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq + "dataSourceId": "A String", # Data source ID. This cannot be changed once data transfer is created. The full list of available data source IDs can be returned through an API call: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/reference/datatransfer/rest/v1/projects.locations.dataSources/list "datasetRegion": "A String", # Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located. "destinationDatasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery target dataset id. "disabled": True or False, # Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled for a given transfer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html index 6018a65c1d1..331dd64ee2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -129,22 +129,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -152,7 +139,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -179,7 +166,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -191,22 +178,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -239,7 +213,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -251,22 +225,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -283,7 +244,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -324,7 +285,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -336,22 +297,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -373,7 +321,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -406,7 +354,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -418,22 +366,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -463,7 +398,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -475,22 +410,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -514,7 +436,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -574,7 +496,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -586,22 +508,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -623,7 +532,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -635,22 +544,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -676,7 +572,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -690,7 +586,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -711,12 +607,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -998,7 +894,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1010,22 +906,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1033,7 +916,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1060,7 +943,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1072,22 +955,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1120,7 +990,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1132,22 +1002,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1164,7 +1021,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -1205,7 +1062,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1217,22 +1074,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1254,7 +1098,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -1287,7 +1131,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1299,22 +1143,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1344,7 +1175,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1356,22 +1187,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1395,7 +1213,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -1455,7 +1273,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1467,22 +1285,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1504,7 +1309,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1516,22 +1321,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1557,7 +1349,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -1571,7 +1363,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -1592,12 +1384,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html index 9889d77d1a3..cdf940d7f15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -137,22 +137,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -160,7 +147,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -187,7 +174,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -199,22 +186,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -247,7 +221,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -259,22 +233,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -291,7 +252,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -332,7 +293,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -344,22 +305,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -381,7 +329,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -414,7 +362,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -426,22 +374,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -471,7 +406,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -483,22 +418,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -522,7 +444,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -582,7 +504,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -594,22 +516,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -631,7 +540,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -643,22 +552,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -684,7 +580,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -698,7 +594,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -719,12 +615,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -1006,7 +902,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1018,22 +914,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1041,7 +924,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1068,7 +951,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1080,22 +963,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1128,7 +998,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1140,22 +1010,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1172,7 +1029,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -1213,7 +1070,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1225,22 +1082,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1262,7 +1106,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -1295,7 +1139,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1307,22 +1151,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1352,7 +1183,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1364,22 +1195,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1403,7 +1221,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -1463,7 +1281,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1475,22 +1293,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1512,7 +1317,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1524,22 +1329,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1565,7 +1357,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -1579,7 +1371,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -1600,12 +1392,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -1887,7 +1679,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1899,22 +1691,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1922,7 +1701,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1949,7 +1728,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1961,22 +1740,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2009,7 +1775,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2021,22 +1787,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2053,7 +1806,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -2094,7 +1847,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2106,22 +1859,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2143,7 +1883,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -2176,7 +1916,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2188,22 +1928,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2233,7 +1960,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2245,22 +1972,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2284,7 +1998,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -2344,7 +2058,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2356,22 +2070,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2393,7 +2094,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2405,22 +2106,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2446,7 +2134,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -2460,7 +2148,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -2481,12 +2169,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -2768,7 +2456,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2780,22 +2468,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2803,7 +2478,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -2830,7 +2505,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2842,22 +2517,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2890,7 +2552,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2902,22 +2564,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2934,7 +2583,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -2975,7 +2624,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2987,22 +2636,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3024,7 +2660,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -3057,7 +2693,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3069,22 +2705,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3114,7 +2737,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3126,22 +2749,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3165,7 +2775,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -3225,7 +2835,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3237,22 +2847,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3274,7 +2871,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3286,22 +2883,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3327,7 +2911,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -3341,7 +2925,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -3362,12 +2946,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html index 84549e3916a..4c5e55f2445 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -129,22 +129,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -152,7 +139,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -179,7 +166,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -191,22 +178,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -239,7 +213,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -251,22 +225,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -283,7 +244,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -324,7 +285,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -336,22 +297,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -373,7 +321,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -406,7 +354,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -418,22 +366,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -463,7 +398,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -475,22 +410,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -514,7 +436,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -574,7 +496,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -586,22 +508,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -623,7 +532,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -635,22 +544,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -676,7 +572,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -690,7 +586,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -711,12 +607,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -998,7 +894,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1010,22 +906,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1033,7 +916,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1060,7 +943,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1072,22 +955,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1120,7 +990,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1132,22 +1002,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1164,7 +1021,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -1205,7 +1062,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1217,22 +1074,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1254,7 +1098,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -1287,7 +1131,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1299,22 +1143,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1344,7 +1175,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1356,22 +1187,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1395,7 +1213,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -1455,7 +1273,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1467,22 +1285,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1504,7 +1309,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1516,22 +1321,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1557,7 +1349,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -1571,7 +1363,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -1592,12 +1384,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html index 65f5cdd41d7..873c35fe83c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -137,22 +137,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -160,7 +147,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -187,7 +174,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -199,22 +186,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -247,7 +221,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -259,22 +233,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -291,7 +252,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -332,7 +293,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -344,22 +305,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -381,7 +329,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -414,7 +362,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -426,22 +374,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -471,7 +406,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -483,22 +418,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -522,7 +444,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -582,7 +504,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -594,22 +516,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -631,7 +540,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -643,22 +552,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -684,7 +580,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -698,7 +594,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -719,12 +615,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -1006,7 +902,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1018,22 +914,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1041,7 +924,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1068,7 +951,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1080,22 +963,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1128,7 +998,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1140,22 +1010,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1172,7 +1029,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -1213,7 +1070,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1225,22 +1082,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1262,7 +1106,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -1295,7 +1139,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1307,22 +1151,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1352,7 +1183,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1364,22 +1195,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1403,7 +1221,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -1463,7 +1281,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1475,22 +1293,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1512,7 +1317,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1524,22 +1329,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1565,7 +1357,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -1579,7 +1371,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -1600,12 +1392,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -1887,7 +1679,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1899,22 +1691,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1922,7 +1701,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1949,7 +1728,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1961,22 +1740,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2009,7 +1775,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2021,22 +1787,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2053,7 +1806,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -2094,7 +1847,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2106,22 +1859,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2143,7 +1883,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -2176,7 +1916,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2188,22 +1928,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2233,7 +1960,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2245,22 +1972,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2284,7 +1998,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -2344,7 +2058,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2356,22 +2070,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2393,7 +2094,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2405,22 +2106,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2446,7 +2134,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -2460,7 +2148,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -2481,12 +2169,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -2768,7 +2456,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2780,22 +2468,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2803,7 +2478,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -2830,7 +2505,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2842,22 +2517,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2890,7 +2552,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2902,22 +2564,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -2934,7 +2583,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -2975,7 +2624,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -2987,22 +2636,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3024,7 +2660,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -3057,7 +2693,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3069,22 +2705,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3114,7 +2737,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3126,22 +2749,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3165,7 +2775,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -3225,7 +2835,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3237,22 +2847,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3274,7 +2871,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -3286,22 +2883,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -3327,7 +2911,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -3341,7 +2925,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -3362,12 +2946,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index 3ca47c9a15a..6bcce777fa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -214,22 +214,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -237,7 +224,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -264,7 +251,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -276,22 +263,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -324,7 +298,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -336,22 +310,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -368,7 +329,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -409,7 +370,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -421,22 +382,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -458,7 +406,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -491,7 +439,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -503,22 +451,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -548,7 +483,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -560,22 +495,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -599,7 +521,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -659,7 +581,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -671,22 +593,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -708,7 +617,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -720,22 +629,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -761,7 +657,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -775,7 +671,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -796,12 +692,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, @@ -1083,7 +979,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1095,22 +991,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1118,7 +1001,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "displayStyle": "A String", # The display style for `peekCardHeader`. + "displayStyle": "A String", # The `peekCardHeader` display style for. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. "primaryButton": { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. "altText": "A String", # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead. @@ -1145,7 +1028,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1157,22 +1040,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1205,7 +1075,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1217,22 +1087,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1249,7 +1106,7 @@Method Details
"title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines. }, "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. - "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. + "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Google Chat apps. "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility. "imageType": "A String", # The image's type. "imageUrl": "A String", # The URL of the image in the card header. @@ -1290,7 +1147,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1302,22 +1159,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1339,7 +1183,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user's time zone setting on the client side. "type": "A String", # The type of the date/time picker. @@ -1372,7 +1216,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1384,22 +1228,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1429,7 +1260,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1441,22 +1272,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1480,7 +1298,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "selected": True or False, # If the switch is selected. "value": "A String", # The value is what is passed back in the callback. @@ -1540,7 +1358,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1552,22 +1370,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1589,7 +1394,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. @@ -1601,22 +1406,9 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action. - "appUri": { # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open for each client. # Represents the platform specific uri/intent to open on each client. For example: A companion_url will open in a companion window on the web. An iOS URL and android intent will open in the corresponding hosting apps. If these platform specific URLs can't be handled correctly, i.e. if the companion isn't supported on web and the hosting apps aren't available on the mobile platforms then the `uri` will open in a new browser window on all the platforms. - "androidIntent": { # Android intent. # An intent object to be opened in the corresponding android hosting app. - "extraData": [ # A list of extra data for the android intent. For example, for a calendar event edit intent, the event title information can be passed as extra data. - { # Extra data for an android intent. Valid keys are defined in the hosting app contract. - "key": "A String", # A key for the intent extra data. - "value": "A String", # Value for the given extra data key. - }, - ], - "intentAction": "A String", # An android intent action string for the {@link android.content.Intent} object. For example: for the view intent action type, a valid value will be android.content.Intent.ACTION_VIEW. - }, - "companionUri": "A String", # A companion uri string to be opened in the chat companion window. on the web. - "iosUri": "A String", # A uri string to be opened in the corresponding iOS hosting app. - }, "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps. "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps. "url": "A String", # The URL to open. @@ -1642,7 +1434,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The type of the selection. }, @@ -1656,7 +1448,7 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "hintText": "A String", # The hint text. "initialSuggestions": { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input. @@ -1677,12 +1469,12 @@Method Details
"value": "A String", # The value of the parameter. }, ], - "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. + "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed. Not supported by Google Chat apps. }, "type": "A String", # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines. "value": "A String", # The default value when there is no input from the user. }, - "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting") for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` + "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` "textParagraph": { "text": " *bold text*" } ``` "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html index 0bcf9221eb9..d9da8c61800 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # User type. }, "name": "A String", # Resource name of the membership. Format: spaces/{space}/members/{member} + "role": "A String", # Output only. User's role within a Chat space, which determines their permitted actions in the space. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the membership. }
Returns the userinvitations Resource.
+ +
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Cancels a UserInvitation that was already sent.
+
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Retrieves a UserInvitation resource. **Note:** New consumer accounts with the customer's verified domain created within the previous 48 hours will not appear in the result. This delay also applies to newly-verified domains.
+
+ isInvitableUser(name, x__xgafv=None)
Verifies whether a user account is eligible to receive a UserInvitation (is an unmanaged account). Eligibility is based on the following criteria: * the email address is a consumer account and it's the primary email address of the account, and * the domain of the email address matches an existing verified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity domain If both conditions are met, the user is eligible. **Note:** This method is not supported for Workspace Essentials customers.
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of UserInvitation resources. **Note:** New consumer accounts with the customer's verified domain created within the previous 48 hours will not appear in the result. This delay also applies to newly-verified domains.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ send(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sends a UserInvitation to email. If the `UserInvitation` does not exist for this request and it is a valid request, the request creates a `UserInvitation`. **Note:** The `get` and `list` methods have a 48-hour delay where newly-created consumer accounts will not appear in the results. You can still send a `UserInvitation` to those accounts if you know the unmanaged email address and IsInvitableUser==True.
+cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Cancels a UserInvitation that was already sent.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. `UserInvitation` name in the format `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to cancel sent invitation for target email in UserInvitation.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Retrieves a UserInvitation resource. **Note:** New consumer accounts with the customer's verified domain created within the previous 48 hours will not appear in the result. This delay also applies to newly-verified domains.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. `UserInvitation` name in the format `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # The `UserInvitation` resource represents an email that can be sent to an unmanaged user account inviting them to join the customer's Google Workspace or Cloud Identity account. An unmanaged account shares an email address domain with the Google Workspace or Cloud Identity account but is not managed by it yet. If the user accepts the `UserInvitation`, the user account will become managed.
+ "mailsSentCount": "A String", # Number of invitation emails sent to the user.
+ "name": "A String", # Shall be of the form `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}`.
+ "state": "A String", # State of the `UserInvitation`.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Time when the `UserInvitation` was last updated.
+}
+isInvitableUser(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Verifies whether a user account is eligible to receive a UserInvitation (is an unmanaged account). Eligibility is based on the following criteria: * the email address is a consumer account and it's the primary email address of the account, and * the domain of the email address matches an existing verified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity domain If both conditions are met, the user is eligible. **Note:** This method is not supported for Workspace Essentials customers.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. `UserInvitation` name in the format `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}` (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response for IsInvitableUser RPC.
+ "isInvitableUser": True or False, # Returns true if the email address is invitable.
+}
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Retrieves a list of UserInvitation resources. **Note:** New consumer accounts with the customer's verified domain created within the previous 48 hours will not appear in the result. This delay also applies to newly-verified domains.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The customer ID of the Google Workspace or Cloud Identity account the UserInvitation resources are associated with. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. A query string for filtering `UserInvitation` results by their current state, in the format: `"state=='invited'"`.
+ orderBy: string, Optional. The sort order of the list results. You can sort the results in descending order based on either email or last update timestamp but not both, using `order_by="email desc"`. Currently, sorting is supported for `update_time asc`, `update_time desc`, `email asc`, and `email desc`. If not specified, results will be returned based on `email asc` order.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of UserInvitation resources to return. If unspecified, at most 100 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; values above 200 will be set to 200.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserInvitations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListBooks` must match the call that provided the page token.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for UserInvitation listing request.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token for the next page. If not empty, indicates that there may be more `UserInvitation` resources that match the listing request; this value can be used in a subsequent ListUserInvitationsRequest to get continued results with the current list call.
+ "userInvitations": [ # The list of UserInvitation resources.
+ { # The `UserInvitation` resource represents an email that can be sent to an unmanaged user account inviting them to join the customer's Google Workspace or Cloud Identity account. An unmanaged account shares an email address domain with the Google Workspace or Cloud Identity account but is not managed by it yet. If the user accepts the `UserInvitation`, the user account will become managed.
+ "mailsSentCount": "A String", # Number of invitation emails sent to the user.
+ "name": "A String", # Shall be of the form `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}`.
+ "state": "A String", # State of the `UserInvitation`.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # Time when the `UserInvitation` was last updated.
+ },
+ ],
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
send(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Sends a UserInvitation to email. If the `UserInvitation` does not exist for this request and it is a valid request, the request creates a `UserInvitation`. **Note:** The `get` and `list` methods have a 48-hour delay where newly-created consumer accounts will not appear in the results. You can still send a `UserInvitation` to those accounts if you know the unmanaged email address and IsInvitableUser==True.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. `UserInvitation` name in the format `customers/{customer}/userinvitations/{user_email_address}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to send email for inviting target user corresponding to the UserInvitation.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+
+ customers()
+
Returns the customers Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html index 02e23ba6873..6d8c571d30a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
buffer(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must be an http queue (i.e., must have HTTP target). This method is used for a simplified application of Cloud Tasks queues in buffer and rate limitting HTTP requests.
+Note: This feature is in its experimental stage. You must request access to the API through the [Cloud Tasks BufferQueues Experiment Signup form](https://forms.gle/X8Zr5hiXH5tTGFqh8). Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must be an http queue (i.e., must have HTTP target). This method is used for a simplified application of Cloud Tasks queues in buffer and rate limitting HTTP requests.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@buffer(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must be an http queue (i.e., must have HTTP target). This method is used for a simplified application of Cloud Tasks queues in buffer and rate limitting HTTP requests. +Note: This feature is in its experimental stage. You must request access to the API through the [Cloud Tasks BufferQueues Experiment Signup form](https://forms.gle/X8Zr5hiXH5tTGFqh8). Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must be an http queue (i.e., must have HTTP target). This method is used for a simplified application of Cloud Tasks queues in buffer and rate limitting HTTP requests. Args: name: string, Required. The queue name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` The queue must already exist. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 043f7e6d6de..c5b788869d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 84a58c8e40f..02461143a0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -317,6 +317,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -466,6 +471,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maxRetentionDays": 42, # Number of days the snapshot should be retained before being deleted automatically. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -758,6 +764,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -982,6 +993,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1206,6 +1222,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -2238,6 +2259,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index beb0cc388d8..2e784a056c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -459,12 +459,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -517,12 +517,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -678,12 +678,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html index cfd73873353..d8e0dc9d7d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html @@ -554,6 +554,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the zoneOperations Resource.
+ +Returns the zoneQueuedResources Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 4b225abc5dd..d9645381a57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -288,6 +288,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -707,6 +710,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1126,6 +1132,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 4266700da6d..59d4587abb1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@Instance Methods
Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.
-
bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.
+Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -552,6 +552,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -737,6 +740,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -938,6 +942,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1092,7 +1099,7 @@Method Details
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html index 34820c30ed2..b64cffa3c04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. +@@ -204,8 +235,10 @@Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -1167,6 +1174,9 @@@@ -541,6 +565,16 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1352,6 +1362,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -1511,6 +1522,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1733,13 +1747,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. @@ -2231,6 +2245,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -2416,6 +2433,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -3094,6 +3112,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -3279,6 +3300,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -3558,6 +3580,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -3743,6 +3768,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -6633,6 +6659,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -6818,6 +6847,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html index 17d8c2b24ee..7642faf3ab6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -151,6 +151,16 @@Method Details
"cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # This field is not available. + "configurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints for this attachment, if any. The attachment does not work if these constraints are not met. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. @@ -184,12 +194,14 @@Method Details
"tag8021q": 42, # [Output Only] 802.1q encapsulation tag to be used for traffic between Google and the customer, going to and from this network and region. }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] If the attachment is on a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection, this field contains the interconnect's remote location service provider. Example values: "Amazon Web Services" "Microsoft Azure". The field is set only for attachments on Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections. Its value is copied from the InterconnectRemoteLocation remoteService field. "router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. + "subnetLength": 42, # Length of the IPv4 subnet mask. Allowed values: - 29 (default) - 30 The default value is 29, except for Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections that use an InterconnectRemoteLocation with a constraints.subnetLengthRange.min equal to 30. For example, connections that use an Azure remote location fall into this category. In these cases, the default value is 30, and requesting 29 returns an error. Where both 29 and 30 are allowed, 29 is preferred, because it gives Google Cloud Support more debugging visibility. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. }, @@ -371,6 +383,16 @@Method Details
"cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # This field is not available. + "configurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints for this attachment, if any. The attachment does not work if these constraints are not met. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. @@ -404,12 +426,14 @@Method Details
"tag8021q": 42, # [Output Only] 802.1q encapsulation tag to be used for traffic between Google and the customer, going to and from this network and region. }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] If the attachment is on a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection, this field contains the interconnect's remote location service provider. Example values: "Amazon Web Services" "Microsoft Azure". The field is set only for attachments on Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections. Its value is copied from the InterconnectRemoteLocation remoteService field. "router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. + "subnetLength": 42, # Length of the IPv4 subnet mask. Allowed values: - 29 (default) - 30 The default value is 29, except for Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections that use an InterconnectRemoteLocation with a constraints.subnetLengthRange.min equal to 30. For example, connections that use an Azure remote location fall into this category. In these cases, the default value is 30, and requesting 29 returns an error. Where both 29 and 30 are allowed, 29 is preferred, because it gives Google Cloud Support more debugging visibility. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. }Method Details
"cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # This field is not available. + "configurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints for this attachment, if any. The attachment does not work if these constraints are not met. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. @@ -574,12 +608,14 @@Method Details
"tag8021q": 42, # [Output Only] 802.1q encapsulation tag to be used for traffic between Google and the customer, going to and from this network and region. }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] If the attachment is on a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection, this field contains the interconnect's remote location service provider. Example values: "Amazon Web Services" "Microsoft Azure". The field is set only for attachments on Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections. Its value is copied from the InterconnectRemoteLocation remoteService field. "router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. + "subnetLength": 42, # Length of the IPv4 subnet mask. Allowed values: - 29 (default) - 30 The default value is 29, except for Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections that use an InterconnectRemoteLocation with a constraints.subnetLengthRange.min equal to 30. For example, connections that use an Azure remote location fall into this category. In these cases, the default value is 30, and requesting 29 returns an error. Where both 29 and 30 are allowed, 29 is preferred, because it gives Google Cloud Support more debugging visibility. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. } @@ -711,6 +747,16 @@Method Details
"cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # This field is not available. + "configurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints for this attachment, if any. The attachment does not work if these constraints are not met. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. @@ -744,12 +790,14 @@Method Details
"tag8021q": 42, # [Output Only] 802.1q encapsulation tag to be used for traffic between Google and the customer, going to and from this network and region. }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] If the attachment is on a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection, this field contains the interconnect's remote location service provider. Example values: "Amazon Web Services" "Microsoft Azure". The field is set only for attachments on Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections. Its value is copied from the InterconnectRemoteLocation remoteService field. "router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. + "subnetLength": 42, # Length of the IPv4 subnet mask. Allowed values: - 29 (default) - 30 The default value is 29, except for Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections that use an InterconnectRemoteLocation with a constraints.subnetLengthRange.min equal to 30. For example, connections that use an Azure remote location fall into this category. In these cases, the default value is 30, and requesting 29 returns an error. Where both 29 and 30 are allowed, 29 is preferred, because it gives Google Cloud Support more debugging visibility. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. }, @@ -807,6 +855,16 @@Method Details
"cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # This field is not available. + "configurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints for this attachment, if any. The attachment does not work if these constraints are not met. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. @@ -840,12 +898,14 @@Method Details
"tag8021q": 42, # [Output Only] 802.1q encapsulation tag to be used for traffic between Google and the customer, going to and from this network and region. }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] If the attachment is on a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection, this field contains the interconnect's remote location service provider. Example values: "Amazon Web Services" "Microsoft Azure". The field is set only for attachments on Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections. Its value is copied from the InterconnectRemoteLocation remoteService field. "router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. + "subnetLength": 42, # Length of the IPv4 subnet mask. Allowed values: - 29 (default) - 30 The default value is 29, except for Cross-Cloud Interconnect connections that use an InterconnectRemoteLocation with a constraints.subnetLengthRange.min equal to 30. For example, connections that use an Azure remote location fall into this category. In these cases, the default value is 30, and requesting 29 returns an error. Where both 29 and 30 are allowed, 29 is preferred, because it gives Google Cloud Support more debugging visibility. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html index a27df80f28f..d1e07205837 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectRemoteLocations.html @@ -112,7 +112,25 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Cross-Cloud Interconnect Remote Location resource. You can use this resource to find remote location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. + "attachmentConfigurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Subset of fields from InterconnectAttachment's |configurationConstraints| field that apply to all attachments for this remote location. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". + "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI will require that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN + "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + }, "continent": "A String", # [Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of the resource. @@ -120,11 +138,15 @@Method Details
"facilityProviderFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] A provider-assigned Identifier for this facility (e.g., Ashburn-DC1). "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#interconnectRemoteLocation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectRemoteLocation for interconnect remote locations. + "lacp": "A String", # [Output Only] Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) constraints, which can take one of the following values: LACP_SUPPORTED, LACP_UNSUPPORTED + "maxLagSize100Gbps": 42, # [Output Only] The maximum number of 100 Gbps ports supported in a link aggregation group (LAG). When linkType is 100 Gbps, requestedLinkCount cannot exceed max_lag_size_100_gbps. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "peeringdbFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] The peeringdb identifier for this facility (corresponding with a netfac type in peeringdb). - "permittedConnections": { # [Output-only] Permitted connections. - "interconnectLocation": "A String", # [Output-only] URL of an Interconnect location that is permitted to connect to this Interconnect remote location. - }, + "permittedConnections": [ # [Output Only] Permitted connections. + { + "interconnectLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of an Interconnect location that is permitted to connect to this Interconnect remote location. + }, + ], "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the service provider present at the remote location. Example values: "Amazon Web Services", "Microsoft Azure". "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -156,7 +178,25 @@Method Details
"items": [ # A list of InterconnectRemoteLocation resources. { # Represents an Cross-Cloud Interconnect Remote Location resource. You can use this resource to find remote location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. + "attachmentConfigurationConstraints": { # [Output Only] Subset of fields from InterconnectAttachment's |configurationConstraints| field that apply to all attachments for this remote location. + "bgpMd5": "A String", # [Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested. + "bgpPeerAsnRanges": [ # [Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend. + { + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + ], + "networkConnectivityCenter": "A String", # [Output Only] Network Connectivity Center constraints, which can take one of the following values: NCC_UNCONSTRAINED, NCC_SPOKE_REQUIRED + }, "city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". + "constraints": { # [Output Only] Constraints on the parameters for creating Cross-Cloud Interconnect and associated InterconnectAttachments. + "portPairRemoteLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair remote location constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_REMOTE_LOCATION, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_REMOTE_LOCATION. GCP's API refers only to individual ports, but the UI uses this field when ordering a pair of ports, to prevent users from accidentally ordering something that is incompatible with their cloud provider. Specifically, when ordering a redundant pair of Cross-Cloud Interconnect ports, and one of them uses a remote location with portPairMatchingRemoteLocation set to matching, the UI will require that both ports use the same remote location. + "portPairVlan": "A String", # [Output Only] Port pair VLAN constraints, which can take one of the following values: PORT_PAIR_UNCONSTRAINED_VLAN, PORT_PAIR_MATCHING_VLAN + "subnetLengthRange": { # [Output Only] [min-length, max-length] The minimum and maximum value (inclusive) for the IPv4 subnet length. For example, an interconnectRemoteLocation for Azure has {min: 30, max: 30} because Azure requires /30 subnets. This range specifies the values supported by both cloud providers. Interconnect currently supports /29 and /30 IPv4 subnet lengths. If a remote cloud has no constraint on IPv4 subnet length, the range would thus be {min: 29, max: 30}. + "max": 42, + "min": 42, + }, + }, "continent": "A String", # [Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of the resource. @@ -164,11 +204,15 @@Method Details
"facilityProviderFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] A provider-assigned Identifier for this facility (e.g., Ashburn-DC1). "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#interconnectRemoteLocation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectRemoteLocation for interconnect remote locations. + "lacp": "A String", # [Output Only] Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) constraints, which can take one of the following values: LACP_SUPPORTED, LACP_UNSUPPORTED + "maxLagSize100Gbps": 42, # [Output Only] The maximum number of 100 Gbps ports supported in a link aggregation group (LAG). When linkType is 100 Gbps, requestedLinkCount cannot exceed max_lag_size_100_gbps. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "peeringdbFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] The peeringdb identifier for this facility (corresponding with a netfac type in peeringdb). - "permittedConnections": { # [Output-only] Permitted connections. - "interconnectLocation": "A String", # [Output-only] URL of an Interconnect location that is permitted to connect to this Interconnect remote location. - }, + "permittedConnections": [ # [Output Only] Permitted connections. + { + "interconnectLocation": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of an Interconnect location that is permitted to connect to this Interconnect remote location. + }, + ], "remoteService": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the service provider present at the remote location. Example values: "Amazon Web Services", "Microsoft Azure". "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 6f52ca02334..8ad85423ae5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -287,6 +287,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -894,6 +897,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1502,6 +1508,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 2134c23c720..493b7278f73 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -145,12 +145,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -590,12 +590,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -649,12 +649,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -811,12 +811,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index d7bb3daa485..be63443a66b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 1d16fff7b83..e911b9222c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -281,6 +281,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maxRetentionDays": 42, # Number of days the snapshot should be retained before being deleted automatically. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -573,6 +574,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -797,6 +803,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1021,6 +1032,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -2053,6 +2069,11 @@Method Details
"multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "options": "A String", # Internal use only. + "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "physicalBlockSizeBytes": "A String", # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller's project. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 946803031a9..c93fc630694 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -281,6 +281,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -598,6 +601,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -1018,6 +1024,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index 42f5b69d713..e6441f7ac44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -343,6 +346,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. @@ -502,6 +506,9 @@Method Details
"replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. "A String", ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. "A String", ], @@ -724,13 +731,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 8130528f4cd..64570057c1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -219,12 +219,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -278,12 +278,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -440,12 +440,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 2292a09d824..01d4b70e3f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { - "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified. + "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. "A String", ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 905c39096c2..45e200eb7d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -230,6 +230,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -269,7 +281,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -365,6 +377,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -404,7 +428,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -488,6 +512,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -530,7 +566,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -592,6 +628,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -711,7 +759,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -808,6 +856,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -847,7 +907,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -943,6 +1003,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -982,7 +1054,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1066,6 +1138,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -1108,7 +1192,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1170,6 +1254,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -1289,7 +1385,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1596,6 +1692,18 @@Method Details
"items": [ # A list of UrlMap resources. { # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -1635,7 +1743,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1731,6 +1839,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -1770,7 +1890,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1854,6 +1974,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -1896,7 +2028,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1958,6 +2090,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -2077,7 +2221,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2204,6 +2348,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2243,7 +2399,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2339,6 +2495,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2378,7 +2546,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2462,6 +2630,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -2504,7 +2684,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2566,6 +2746,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -2685,7 +2877,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2905,6 +3097,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2944,7 +3148,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3040,6 +3244,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3079,7 +3295,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3163,6 +3379,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -3205,7 +3433,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3267,6 +3495,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -3386,7 +3626,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3575,6 +3815,18 @@Method Details
{ "resource": { # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. # Content of the UrlMap to be validated. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3614,7 +3866,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3710,6 +3962,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3749,7 +4013,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3833,6 +4097,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -3875,7 +4151,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3937,6 +4213,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -4056,7 +4344,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index b2bdf5c4e3a..c25224d684f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maxRetentionDays": 42, # Number of days the snapshot should be retained before being deleted automatically. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -428,6 +429,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maxRetentionDays": 42, # Number of days the snapshot should be retained before being deleted automatically. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -605,6 +607,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maxRetentionDays": 42, # Number of days the snapshot should be retained before being deleted automatically. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html index b595335ba90..f2bb6e7526c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 1e81073c45f..2b4a1a7f8ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -141,6 +141,18 @@Method Details
"urlMaps": [ # A list of UrlMaps contained in this scope. { # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -180,7 +192,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -276,6 +288,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -315,7 +339,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -399,6 +423,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -441,7 +477,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -503,6 +539,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -622,7 +670,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -871,6 +919,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -910,7 +970,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1006,6 +1066,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -1045,7 +1117,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1129,6 +1201,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -1171,7 +1255,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1233,6 +1317,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -1352,7 +1448,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1448,6 +1544,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -1487,7 +1595,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1583,6 +1691,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -1622,7 +1742,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1706,6 +1826,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -1748,7 +1880,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1810,6 +1942,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -1929,7 +2073,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2234,6 +2378,18 @@Method Details
"items": [ # A list of UrlMap resources. { # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2273,7 +2429,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2369,6 +2525,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2408,7 +2576,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2492,6 +2660,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -2534,7 +2714,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2596,6 +2776,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -2715,7 +2907,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2841,6 +3033,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -2880,7 +3084,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2976,6 +3180,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3015,7 +3231,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3099,6 +3315,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -3141,7 +3369,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3203,6 +3431,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -3322,7 +3562,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3540,6 +3780,18 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3579,7 +3831,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3675,6 +3927,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -3714,7 +3978,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3798,6 +4062,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -3840,7 +4116,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3902,6 +4178,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -4021,7 +4309,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4212,6 +4500,18 @@Method Details
], "resource": { # Represents a URL Map resource. Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of cloud load balancers and Traffic Director: * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by the load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from hostnames and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts. # Content of the UrlMap to be validated. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the Load Balancer level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like PathMatcher, RouteRule and PathRule within this UrlMap. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy containing policies for responding to 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathMatcher configured for *.example.com has defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy for 4xx. If a request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 404, the policy in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When the request for http://www.example.com/ encounters a 502, the policy in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy will be enforced. When a request that does not match any host in *.example.com such as http://www.myotherexample.com/, encounters a 404, UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -4251,7 +4551,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4347,6 +4647,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "pathMatchers": [ # The list of named PathMatchers to use against the URL. { # A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used. + "defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. This policy takes effect at the PathMatcher level and applies only when no policy has been defined for the error code at lower levels like RouteRule and PathRule within this PathMatcher. If an error code does not have a policy defined in defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, then a policy defined for the error code in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with pathMatcher.defaultRouteAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. @@ -4386,7 +4698,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4470,6 +4782,18 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule. "pathRules": [ # The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set. { # A path-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the specified BackendService to handle the traffic arriving at this URL. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the PathRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A PathRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in PathRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], @@ -4512,7 +4836,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4574,6 +4898,18 @@Method Details
], "routeRules": [ # The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules. { # The HttpRouteRule setting specifies how to match an HTTP request and the corresponding routing action that load balancing proxies perform. + "customErrorResponsePolicy": { # Specifies the custom error response policy that must be applied when the backend service or backend bucket responds with an error. # customErrorResponsePolicy specifies how the Load Balancer returns error responses when BackendServiceor BackendBucket responds with an error. If a policy for an error code is not configured for the RouteRule, a policy for the error code configured in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy is applied. If one is not specified in pathMatcher.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy, the policy configured in UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. For example, consider a UrlMap with the following configuration: - UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy are configured with policies for 5xx and 4xx errors - A RouteRule for /coming_soon/ is configured for the error code 404. If the request is for www.myotherdomain.com and a 404 is encountered, the policy under UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If a 404 response is encountered for the request www.example.com/current_events/, the pathMatcher's policy takes effect. If however, the request for www.example.com/coming_soon/ encounters a 404, the policy in RouteRule.customErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. If any of the requests in this example encounter a 500 error code, the policy at UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy takes effect. When used in conjunction with routeRules.routeAction.retryPolicy, retries take precedence. Only once all retries are exhausted, the customErrorResponsePolicy is applied. While attempting a retry, if load balancer is successful in reaching the service, the customErrorResponsePolicy is ignored and the response from the service is returned to the client. customErrorResponsePolicy is supported only for Global External HTTP(S) load balancing. + "errorResponseRules": [ # Specifies rules for returning error responses. In a given policy, if you specify rules for both a range of error codes as well as rules for specific error codes then rules with specific error codes have a higher priority. For example, assume that you configure a rule for 401 (Un-authorized) code, and another for all 4 series error codes (4XX). If the backend service returns a 401, then the rule for 401 will be applied. However if the backend service returns a 403, the rule for 4xx takes effect. + { # Specifies the mapping between the response code that will be returned along with the custom error content and the response code returned by the backend service. + "matchResponseCodes": [ # Valid values include: - A number between 400 and 599: For example 401 or 503, in which case the load balancer applies the policy if the error code exactly matches this value. - 5xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 500 to 599. - 4xx: Load Balancer will apply the policy if the backend service responds with any response code in the range of 400 to 499. Values must be unique within matchResponseCodes and across all errorResponseRules of CustomErrorResponsePolicy. + "A String", + ], + "overrideResponseCode": 42, # The HTTP status code returned with the response containing the custom error content. If overrideResponseCode is not supplied, the same response code returned by the original backend bucket or backend service is returned to the client. + "path": "A String", # The full path to a file within backendBucket . For example: /errors/defaultError.html path must start with a leading slash. path cannot have trailing slashes. If the file is not available in backendBucket or the load balancer cannot reach the BackendBucket, a simple Not Found Error is returned to the client. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters + }, + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, "description": "A String", # The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters. "headerAction": { # The request and response header transformations that take effect before the request is passed along to the selected backendService. # Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction value specified here is applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction HeaderAction is not supported for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "requestHeadersToAdd": [ # Headers to add to a matching request before forwarding the request to the backendService. @@ -4693,7 +5029,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8ba13a64a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -0,0 +1,2679 @@ + + + +Compute Engine API . zoneQueuedResources
+Instance Methods
++
+cancel(project, zone, queuedResource, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Cancels a QueuedResource. Only a resource in ACCEPTED state may be cancelled.
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+delete(project, zone, queuedResource, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a QueuedResource. For a QueuedResource in ACCEPTED state, call cancel on the resource before deleting, to make sure no VMs have been provisioned and may require cleaning up. For a QueuedResource in PROVISIONING state the request to delete is registered for execution following the provisioning.
++
+get(project, zone, queuedResource, x__xgafv=None)Returns the specified QueuedResource resource.
++
+insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a QueuedResource.
+ +Retrieves the list of QueuedResource resources.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+++ +cancel(project, zone, queuedResource, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Cancels a QueuedResource. Only a resource in ACCEPTED state may be cancelled. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required) + queuedResource: string, Name of the QueuedResource to cancel. (required) + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. + "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. + "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. + "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +delete(project, zone, queuedResource, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes a QueuedResource. For a QueuedResource in ACCEPTED state, call cancel on the resource before deleting, to make sure no VMs have been provisioned and may require cleaning up. For a QueuedResource in PROVISIONING state the request to delete is registered for execution following the provisioning. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required) + queuedResource: string, Name of the QueuedResource to delete. (required) + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. + "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. + "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. + "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}+++ +get(project, zone, queuedResource, x__xgafv=None)+Returns the specified QueuedResource resource. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required) + queuedResource: string, Name of the QueuedResource resource to return. (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # QueuedResource represents a request for future capacity. The capacity is delivered in the form of other GCE resources, either Instances or Reservations. + "bulkInsertInstanceResource": { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. # Specification of VM instances to create. + "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. + "instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding . + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "cpuPlatform": "A String", # [Output Only] The CPU platform used by this instance. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the resource should be protected against deletion. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance. Persistent disks must be created before you can assign them. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disks restored from source snapshots or source machine image should erase Windows specific VSS signature. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide. If you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances. + "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "lastStartTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last start timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastStopTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last stop timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastSuspendedTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last suspended timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "machineType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to this instance. This includes custom metadata and predefined keys. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Specifies a minimum CPU platform for the VM instance. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". + "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network configurations for this instance. These specify how interfaces are configured to interact with other network services, such as connecting to the internet. Multiple interfaces are supported per instance. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. + "A String", + ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "scheduling": { + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. See go/sf-ctm-design for more details + }, + }, + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. + "A String", + ], + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_config. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "shieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which VM instance boot integrity is measured. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_integrity_policy. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image + "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "startRestricted": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether a VM has been restricted for start because Compute Engine has detected suspicious activity. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status. + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags method. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. Multiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. TODO(b/196881882) Deprecate this proto once it's fully migrated to be under proto ResourceStatus.UpcomingMaintenance. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance. + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design. + "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. This timestamp values are in RFC3339 text format. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. + "earliest": "A String", + "latest": "A String", + }, + "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance. + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + }, + "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. + "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . + "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + "a_key": { + "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. + "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. + }, + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. + }, + }, + "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + }, + "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted. + "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters. + "perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used. + "a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future. + "name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it. + }, + }, + "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional. + }, + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "kind": "compute#queuedResource", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#queuedResource for QueuedResources. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Queuing parameters for the requested capacity. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # [Output only] High-level status of the request. + "status": { # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. + "failedData": { # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. + "error": { # The error(s) that caused the QueuedResource to enter the FAILED state. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "provisioningOperations": [ # [Output only] Fully qualified URL of the provisioning GCE operation to track the provisioning along with provisioning errors. The referenced operation may not exist after having been deleted or expired. + "A String", + ], + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the resource(s) start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute times. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides. Only applicable for zonal resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. +}+++ +insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Creates a QueuedResource. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # QueuedResource represents a request for future capacity. The capacity is delivered in the form of other GCE resources, either Instances or Reservations. + "bulkInsertInstanceResource": { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. # Specification of VM instances to create. + "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. + "instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding . + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "cpuPlatform": "A String", # [Output Only] The CPU platform used by this instance. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the resource should be protected against deletion. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance. Persistent disks must be created before you can assign them. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disks restored from source snapshots or source machine image should erase Windows specific VSS signature. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide. If you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances. + "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "lastStartTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last start timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastStopTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last stop timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastSuspendedTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last suspended timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "machineType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to this instance. This includes custom metadata and predefined keys. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Specifies a minimum CPU platform for the VM instance. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". + "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network configurations for this instance. These specify how interfaces are configured to interact with other network services, such as connecting to the internet. Multiple interfaces are supported per instance. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. + "A String", + ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "scheduling": { + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. See go/sf-ctm-design for more details + }, + }, + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. + "A String", + ], + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_config. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "shieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which VM instance boot integrity is measured. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_integrity_policy. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image + "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "startRestricted": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether a VM has been restricted for start because Compute Engine has detected suspicious activity. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status. + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags method. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. Multiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. TODO(b/196881882) Deprecate this proto once it's fully migrated to be under proto ResourceStatus.UpcomingMaintenance. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance. + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design. + "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. This timestamp values are in RFC3339 text format. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. + "earliest": "A String", + "latest": "A String", + }, + "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance. + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + }, + "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. + "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . + "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + "a_key": { + "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. + "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. + }, + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. + }, + }, + "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + }, + "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted. + "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters. + "perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used. + "a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future. + "name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it. + }, + }, + "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional. + }, + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "kind": "compute#queuedResource", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#queuedResource for QueuedResources. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Queuing parameters for the requested capacity. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # [Output only] High-level status of the request. + "status": { # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. + "failedData": { # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. + "error": { # The error(s) that caused the QueuedResource to enter the FAILED state. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "provisioningOperations": [ # [Output only] Fully qualified URL of the provisioning GCE operation to track the provisioning along with provisioning errors. The referenced operation may not exist after having been deleted or expired. + "A String", + ], + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the resource(s) start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute times. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides. Only applicable for zonal resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. +} + + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. + "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. + "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. + "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}+++ +list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)+Retrieves the list of QueuedResource resources. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required) + filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. + maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`) + orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported. + pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results. + returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "etag": "A String", + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. + "items": [ # A list of QueuedResource resources. + { # QueuedResource represents a request for future capacity. The capacity is delivered in the form of other GCE resources, either Instances or Reservations. + "bulkInsertInstanceResource": { # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. # Specification of VM instances to create. + "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. + "instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding . + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "cpuPlatform": "A String", # [Output Only] The CPU platform used by this instance. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the resource should be protected against deletion. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance. Persistent disks must be created before you can assign them. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "eraseWindowsVssSignature": True or False, # Specifies whether the disks restored from source snapshots or source machine image should erase Windows specific VSS signature. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide. If you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances. + "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "lastStartTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last start timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastStopTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last stop timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "lastSuspendedTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last suspended timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "machineType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to this instance. This includes custom metadata and predefined keys. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Specifies a minimum CPU platform for the VM instance. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". + "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network configurations for this instance. These specify how interfaces are configured to interact with other network services, such as connecting to the internet. Multiple interfaces are supported per instance. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this instance. + "A String", + ], + "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "scheduling": { + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. See go/sf-ctm-design for more details + }, + }, + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. + "A String", + ], + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_config. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "shieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": { # The policy describes the baseline against which VM instance boot integrity is measured. # Deprecating, please use shielded_instance_integrity_policy. + "updateAutoLearnPolicy": True or False, # Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot. + }, + "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image + "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "startRestricted": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether a VM has been restricted for start because Compute Engine has detected suspicious activity. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status. + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags method. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. Multiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. TODO(b/196881882) Deprecate this proto once it's fully migrated to be under proto ResourceStatus.UpcomingMaintenance. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance. + "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design. + "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. This timestamp values are in RFC3339 text format. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. + "earliest": "A String", + "latest": "A String", + }, + "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use start_time_window instead. + "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance. + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + }, + "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). + "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. + "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. + "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. + "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. + }, + "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential instance. + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + }, + "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. + "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. + { # An instance-attached disk resource. + "architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. + "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). + "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. + "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. + "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This field is persisted and returned for instanceTemplate and not returned in the context of instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. + "architecture": "A String", # The architecture of the attached disk. Valid values are arm64 or x86_64. + "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. + "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures + { # Guest OS features. + "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. + }, + ], + "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. + "A String", + ], + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], + "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. + "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. + "A String", + ], + "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. + "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + }, + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. + "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. + "A String", + ], + "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. + "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. + "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk + "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). + { + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + ], + "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). + "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. + "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. + }, + }, + "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, and the URL for regional disk. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. + "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. + }, + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], + "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. + "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. + "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. + { # Metadata + "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. + "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. + }, + "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. + "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. + { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. + "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. + { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. + "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). + "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. + { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. + "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. + "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. + "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. + "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. + }, + ], + "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. + "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. + "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. + "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. + "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. + { + "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. + "ipAllocationMode": "A String", + "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. + }, + ], + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork + }, + ], + "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", + }, + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. + "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. + "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. + "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. + "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. + "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. + "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. + "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. + "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. + "maxRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the max run duration for the given instance. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. + "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. + { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. + "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. + "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. + "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Set VM host maintenance policy. + "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. + "terminationTime": "A String", # Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time. + }, + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "A String", + ], + "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. + { # A service account. + "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. + "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. + }, + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. + "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. + "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. + }, + "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. + "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. + "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . + "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + "a_key": { + "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. + "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. + }, + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. + }, + }, + "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + }, + "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is specified then count is used as the default value. If min_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will be created and instances already created will be deleted. + "namePattern": "A String", # The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters. + "perInstanceProperties": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used. + "a_key": { # Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. To be extended in the future. + "name": "A String", # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it. + }, + }, + "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional. + }, + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. + "kind": "compute#queuedResource", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#queuedResource for QueuedResources. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Queuing parameters for the requested capacity. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # [Output only] High-level status of the request. + "status": { # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. # [Output only] Result of queuing and provisioning based on deferred capacity. + "failedData": { # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. # Additional status detail for the FAILED state. + "error": { # The error(s) that caused the QueuedResource to enter the FAILED state. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match /[A-Z0-9_]+/. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "provisioningOperations": [ # [Output only] Fully qualified URL of the provisioning GCE operation to track the provisioning along with provisioning errors. The referenced operation may not exist after having been deleted or expired. + "A String", + ], + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the resource(s) start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute times. + "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. + }, + }, + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides. Only applicable for zonal resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#queuedResourceList", # Type of resource. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token allows you to get the next page of results for maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "unreachables": [ # [Output only] Unreachable resources. + "A String", + ], + "warning": { # Informational warning message. + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index 624dbe8fc83..2bc01243fd8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@list_next()+Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 60d75e1517b..0728668bd9f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -394,6 +394,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -422,6 +423,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index eef1880498a..0914faff6f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -423,12 +423,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -479,12 +479,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -626,12 +626,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index e5ec43cd4a6..f6e5d4175f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@Instance Methods
Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.
-
bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.
+Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@Method Details
@@ -175,8 +204,10 @@bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. +Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -1233,13 +1233,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html index aaa4db0b71d..bc9a6e240c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -145,12 +145,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -552,12 +552,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -609,12 +609,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -757,12 +757,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html index bef0029e7c0..0ca654274a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html @@ -341,6 +341,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -615,6 +616,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -755,6 +757,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -901,6 +904,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 852cacec14a..c54c0941f64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index 4b784a9ea29..509e1e5b890 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -236,6 +236,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -264,6 +265,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index b285ba9b1c5..73d4a82771a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -340,13 +340,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index b71c6bd5dc9..df8619285ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -207,12 +207,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -264,12 +264,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -412,12 +412,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index a19db6549ec..a5c696a089c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { - "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified. + "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. "A String", ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index 5274e3bd5ce..1d9685a7718 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3023,7 +3023,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3679,7 +3679,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index 8d175951b79..8a7aa54caed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -215,6 +215,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -243,6 +244,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -382,6 +384,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -410,6 +413,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -537,6 +541,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -565,6 +570,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetInstances.html index b11e9733938..691a89f55d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetInstances.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index 38c7f1f975f..cca365945bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3521,7 +3521,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3656,7 +3656,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4314,7 +4314,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4440,7 +4440,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4621,7 +4621,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 1dc36e11b6d..8639a6647e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 2379d52a286..6a2883be742 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -383,6 +383,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -410,6 +411,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -419,6 +421,8 @@Method Details
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING. "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion. "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 5feaf0587e5..8e4612a7cbc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -423,12 +423,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -467,12 +467,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -602,12 +602,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index a904f9acfd5..b443bd2a892 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@Instance Methods
Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.
-
bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.
+Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@Method Details
bulkInsert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. +Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create. For more information, see About bulk creation of VMs. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -1164,13 +1164,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index 0c2621ae886..ad8ebd7dd6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -145,12 +145,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -540,12 +540,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -585,12 +585,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -721,12 +721,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html index 918b98e0dc9..75b45407e10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html @@ -338,6 +338,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -513,6 +514,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -653,6 +655,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . @@ -799,6 +802,7 @@Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. "enableUlaInternalIpv6": True or False, # Enable ULA internal ipv6 on this network. Enabling this feature will assign a /48 from google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. . + "firewallPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the firewall policy the network is associated with. "gatewayIPv4": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routing out of the network, selected by GCP. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Range": "A String", # When enabling ula internal ipv6, caller optionally can specify the /48 range they want from the google defined ULA prefix fd20::/20. The input must be a valid /48 ULA IPv6 address and must be within the fd20::/20. Operation will fail if the speficied /48 is already in used by another resource. If the field is not speficied, then a /48 range will be randomly allocated from fd20::/20 and returned via this field. . diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index b4cb9c2d9ee..03fa932fa7e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@Method Details
"maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. + "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode. }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html index 1faaf97c42c..19457760e14 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html @@ -233,6 +233,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -260,6 +261,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -269,6 +271,8 @@Method Details
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING. "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion. "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 35104ffd53b..c25a02f49a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -317,13 +317,13 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. + "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone. For more information, see Create VMs in bulk . "locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution in this zone. "maxCount": 42, # Maximum number of items that are allowed to be placed in this zone. The value must be non-negative. }, - "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. + "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location. Set to either ALLOW or DENY. }, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 9e267129354..76082029f93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -207,12 +207,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -252,12 +252,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". @@ -388,12 +388,12 @@Method Details
}, "appEngine": { # Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "default", "my-service". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "-dot-appname.appspot.com/". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1" and "foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "<service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>". The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: "v1", "v2". }, "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: "func1". - "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. + "urlMask": "A String", # A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs " mydomain.com/function1" and "mydomain.com/function2" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask "/<function>". The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. }, "cloudRun": { # Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is "SERVERLESS". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "service": "A String", # Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: "run-service". diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index ee7572cbcc4..2aae7937dfd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { - "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified. + "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. "A String", ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html index bc4659bca56..44303ff0f32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2486,7 +2486,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2834,7 +2834,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2960,7 +2960,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3341,7 +3341,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3476,7 +3476,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3602,7 +3602,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3769,7 +3769,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index a6d79597fcd..e64d6bf54c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -215,6 +215,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -242,6 +243,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -251,6 +253,8 @@Method Details
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING. "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion. "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. @@ -376,6 +380,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -403,6 +408,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -412,6 +418,8 @@Method Details
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING. "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion. "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. @@ -525,6 +533,7 @@Method Details
"architecture": "A String", # [Output Only] The architecture of the snapshot. Valid values are ARM64 or X86_64. "autoCreated": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk. "chainName": "A String", # Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value. + "creationSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size in bytes of the snapshot at creation time. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. @@ -552,6 +561,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -561,6 +571,8 @@Method Details
"sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. + "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING. "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion. "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html index f993543802c..4ed6605494f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@Method Details
"instance": "A String", # A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance "kind": "compute#targetInstance", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#targetInstance for target instances. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "natPolicy": "A String", # NAT option controlling how IPs are NAT'ed to the instance. Currently only NO_NAT (default value) is supported. + "natPolicy": "A String", # Must have a value of NO_NAT. Protocol forwarding delivers packets while preserving the destination IP address of the forwarding rule referencing the target instance. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network this target instance uses to forward traffic. If not specified, the traffic will be forwarded to the network that the default network interface belongs to. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the target instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html index 5aaa010441c..6b76a6af4e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3417,7 +3417,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3552,7 +3552,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -3845,7 +3845,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4196,7 +4196,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. @@ -4489,7 +4489,7 @@Method Details
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, "requestMirrorPolicy": { # A policy that specifies how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer doesn't wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host or authority header is suffixed with -shadow. # Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. The load balancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Before sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. + "backendService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource being mirrored to. The backend service configured for a mirroring policy must reference backends that are of the same type as the original backend service matched in the URL map. Serverless NEG backends are not currently supported as a mirrored backend service. }, "retryPolicy": { # The retry policy associates with HttpRouteRule # Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, defaults to 1. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html index b486f82d788..bd2fd22a850 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -162,6 +162,7 @@Method Details
"controlPlaneSubscription": "A String", # Output only. Pub/Sub subscription for control plane to receive message. E.g. projects/{project-id}/subscriptions/{topic-id} "controlPlaneTopic": "A String", # Output only. Pub/Sub topic for control plne to send message. communication. E.g. projects/{project-id}/topics/{topic-id} "locationId": "A String", # Output only. location_id of the runtime location. E.g. "us-west1". + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the runtimeConfig resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/runtimeConfig "runtimeEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. The endpoint of the connectors runtime ingress. "schemaGcsBucket": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores connector's schema reports. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html index 8d8660cd0fa..40f3f9d9a89 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the accountstatuses Resource.
++
+accountstatusesbyexternalsellerid()+Returns the accountstatusesbyexternalsellerid Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html index dda79cd0070..94989121357 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html @@ -248,6 +248,7 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. }, "oracleSourceConfig": { # Oracle data source configuration # Oracle data source configuration. "dropLargeObjects": { # Configuration to drop large object values. # Drop large object values. @@ -302,6 +303,9 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. + "streamLargeObjects": { # Configuration to stream large object values. # Stream large object values. + }, }, "sourceConnectionProfile": "A String", # Required. Source connection profile resoource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{name}` }, @@ -525,6 +529,7 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. }, "oracleSourceConfig": { # Oracle data source configuration # Oracle data source configuration. "dropLargeObjects": { # Configuration to drop large object values. # Drop large object values. @@ -579,6 +584,9 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. + "streamLargeObjects": { # Configuration to stream large object values. # Stream large object values. + }, }, "sourceConnectionProfile": "A String", # Required. Source connection profile resoource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{name}` }, @@ -741,6 +749,7 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. }, "oracleSourceConfig": { # Oracle data source configuration # Oracle data source configuration. "dropLargeObjects": { # Configuration to drop large object values. # Drop large object values. @@ -795,6 +804,9 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. + "streamLargeObjects": { # Configuration to stream large object values. # Stream large object values. + }, }, "sourceConnectionProfile": "A String", # Required. Source connection profile resoource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{name}` }, @@ -964,6 +976,7 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. }, "oracleSourceConfig": { # Oracle data source configuration # Oracle data source configuration. "dropLargeObjects": { # Configuration to drop large object values. # Drop large object values. @@ -1018,6 +1031,9 @@Method Details
}, ], }, + "maxConcurrentCdcTasks": 42, # Maximum number of concurrent CDC tasks. The number should be non negative. If not set (or set to 0), the system's default value will be used. + "streamLargeObjects": { # Configuration to stream large object values. # Stream large object values. + }, }, "sourceConnectionProfile": "A String", # Required. Source connection profile resoource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{name}` }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index f5be97960a2..7b67cc06c01 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@Method Details
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. + "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 character for virtual agent interactions. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html index 0e1e12b9984..ae0a9a5328e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@Method Details
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. + "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 character for virtual agent interactions. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html index cd80be1526d..9cb3d997c37 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@Instance Methods
close()Close httplib2 connections.
-
+list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order.
@@ -93,11 +93,12 @@Method Details
-list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order. Args: parent: string, Required. The project to list all answer records for in reverse chronological order. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required) + filter: string, Optional. Filters to restrict results to specific answer records. Marked deprecated as it hasn't been, and isn't currently, supported. For more information about filtering, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of records to return in a single page. The server may return fewer records than this. If unspecified, we use 10. The maximum is 100. pageToken: string, Optional. The ListAnswerRecordsResponse.next_page_token value returned from a previous list request used to continue listing on the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html index ee88124ee69..6dc9a49a261 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@Method Details
"requestId": "A String", # A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. "textInput": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html index 8abf929de1d..2f7b2a2ff5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@Method Details
"contextSize": 42, # Max number of messages prior to and including [latest_message] to use as context when compiling the suggestion. By default 20 and at most 50. "currentTextInput": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The current natural language text segment to compile suggestion for. This provides a way for user to get follow up smart reply suggestion after a smart reply selection, without sending a text message. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message to compile suggestion for. If empty, it will be the latest message of the conversation. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index 19fcd124d72..c894c83a235 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@Method Details
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. + "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 character for virtual agent interactions. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html index 02fcb619582..ee6081a4eda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@Method Details
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, }, - "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. + "text": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 character for virtual agent interactions. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index d3d46d84a1b..8d681bc858a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@Instance Methods
close()Close httplib2 connections.
-
+list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order.
@@ -93,11 +93,12 @@Method Details
-list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order. Args: parent: string, Required. The project to list all answer records for in reverse chronological order. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required) + filter: string, Optional. Filters to restrict results to specific answer records. Marked deprecated as it hasn't been, and isn't currently, supported. For more information about filtering, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of records to return in a single page. The server may return fewer records than this. If unspecified, we use 10. The maximum is 100. pageToken: string, Optional. The ListAnswerRecordsResponse.next_page_token value returned from a previous list request used to continue listing on the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index 69d247dd286..f24dd5c4138 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@Method Details
"requestId": "A String", # A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. "textInput": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html index 7097c04e387..01b352a46c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@Method Details
"contextSize": 42, # Max number of messages prior to and including [latest_message] to use as context when compiling the suggestion. By default 20 and at most 50. "currentTextInput": { # ============================================================================ Auxiliary proto messages. Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The current natural language text segment to compile suggestion for. This provides a way for user to get follow up smart reply suggestion after a smart reply selection, without sending a text message. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message to compile suggestion for. If empty, it will be the latest message of the conversation. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index ee0e92c23a5..007c00aa47a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@Method Details
}, "text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html index 4a97cfa3405..82753edb76a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@Method Details
}, "text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html index cf80f2554c4..9d85729b6cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@Instance Methods
get(name, x__xgafv=None)Deprecated. Retrieves a specific answer record.
-
+list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order.
@@ -155,11 +155,12 @@Method Details
-list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order. Args: parent: string, Required. The project to list all answer records for in reverse chronological order. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required) + filter: string, Optional. Filters to restrict results to specific answer records. For more information about filtering, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of records to return in a single page. The server may return fewer records than this. If unspecified, we use 10. The maximum is 100. pageToken: string, Optional. The ListAnswerRecordsResponse.next_page_token value returned from a previous list request used to continue listing on the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html index cfa4110e4d9..da63a4db16f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "audioInput": { # Represents the natural language speech audio to be processed. # The natural language speech audio to be processed. - "audio": "A String", # Required. The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 1 minute of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. + "audio": "A String", # Required. The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 1 minute of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes for virtual agent interactions. "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@Method Details
"requestId": "A String", # A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. "textInput": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html index 44c702ed829..491440d6707 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.suggestions.html @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@Method Details
"contextSize": 42, # Optional. Max number of messages prior to and including [latest_message] to use as context when compiling the suggestion. By default 20 and at most 50. "currentTextInput": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The current natural language text segment to compile suggestion for. This provides a way for user to get follow up smart reply suggestion after a smart reply selection, without sending a text message. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message to compile suggestion for. If empty, it will be the latest message of the conversation. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index a956d3429e0..55b2c644a50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@Method Details
}, "text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html index 123ef9b5349..f0958d57152 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@Method Details
}, "text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of the conversational query. # The parameters of this query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index f6399ad93ae..943a05d75e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@Instance Methods
get(name, x__xgafv=None)Deprecated. Retrieves a specific answer record.
-
+list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order.
@@ -155,11 +155,12 @@Method Details
-@@ -153,7 +165,24 @@list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns the list of all answer records in the specified project in reverse chronological order. Args: parent: string, Required. The project to list all answer records for in reverse chronological order. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required) + filter: string, Optional. Filters to restrict results to specific answer records. For more information about filtering, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of records to return in a single page. The server may return fewer records than this. If unspecified, we use 10. The maximum is 100. pageToken: string, Optional. The ListAnswerRecordsResponse.next_page_token value returned from a previous list request used to continue listing on the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index 03d62c53364..ccdebb7d9a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "audioInput": { # Represents the natural language speech audio to be processed. # The natural language speech audio to be processed. - "audio": "A String", # Required. The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 1 minute of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. + "audio": "A String", # Required. The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 1 minute of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes for virtual agent interactions. "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@Method Details
"requestId": "A String", # A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. "textInput": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html index c784acc792e..ff597b1521e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.suggestions.html @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@Method Details
"contextSize": 42, # Optional. Max number of messages prior to and including [latest_message] to use as context when compiling the suggestion. By default 20 and at most 50. "currentTextInput": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The current natural language text segment to compile suggestion for. This provides a way for user to get follow up smart reply suggestion after a smart reply selection, without sending a text message. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of this conversational query. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. - "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters. + "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. Text length must not exceed 256 characters for virtual agent interactions. }, "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message to compile suggestion for. If empty, it will be the latest message of the conversation. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html index 72bf16e78fa..2b681fdad6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
{ # The response message for Agents.ListAgents. "agents": [ # The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html index e8e9d7cbc64..e92abde7e23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
{ # The response message for Agents.ListAgents. "agents": [ # The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, and so on to manage the conversation flows.. - "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. + "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "loggingSettings": { # Define behaviors on logging. # Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level. "enableInteractionLogging": True or False, # If true, DF Interaction logging is currently enabled. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # If true, StackDriver logging is currently enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.html b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1a7dd9d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +Drive Labels API
+Instance Methods
++
+labels()+Returns the labels Resource.
+ ++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d0351ebb63 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ + + + +new_batch_http_request()+Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. + + Args: + callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the + form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the + request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The + third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP + error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error + occurred. + + Returns: + A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. ++Drive Labels API . labels
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+get(name, languageCode=None, useAdminAccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)Get a Label by its resource name. Resource name may be any of: * `labels/{id}` - See to `labels/{id}@latest` * `labels/{id}@latest` - Gets the latest revision of the Label. * `labels/{id}@published` - Gets the current published revision of the Label. * `labels/{id}@{revision_id}` - Gets the Label at the specified revision ID.
+ +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## Label APIs --------------------------------------------------------------- List Labels.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +get(name, languageCode=None, useAdminAccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)+Get a Label by its resource name. Resource name may be any of: * `labels/{id}` - See to `labels/{id}@latest` * `labels/{id}@latest` - Gets the latest revision of the Label. * `labels/{id}@published` - Gets the current published revision of the Label. * `labels/{id}@{revision_id}` - Gets the Label at the specified revision ID. + +Args: + name: string, Required. Label resource name. May be any of: * `labels/{id}` (equivalent to labels/{id}@latest) * `labels/{id}@latest` * `labels/{id}@published` * `labels/{id}@{revision_id}` (required) + languageCode: string, The BCP-47 language code to use for evaluating localized Field labels. When not specified, values in the default configured language will be used. + useAdminAccess: boolean, Set to `true` in order to use the user's admin credentials. The server will verify the user is an admin for the Label before allowing access. + view: string, When specified, only certain Fields belonging to the indicated view will be returned. + Allowed values + LABEL_VIEW_BASIC - Implies the field mask: `name,id,revision_id,label_type,properties.*` + LABEL_VIEW_FULL - All possible fields. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Label defines a taxonomy which may be applied to a Drive items in order to organize and search across Items. Labels may be simple strings, or may contain Fields that describe additional metadata which can be further used to organize and search Drive items. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities a user has on this Label's applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities related to this label on applied metadata. + "canApply": True or False, # Whether the user can apply this Label to items. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read applied metadata related to this label. + "canRemove": True or False, # Whether the user can remove this Label from items. + }, + "appliedLabelPolicy": { # Behavior of this Label when its applied to Drive items. # Output only. Behavior of this Label when its applied to Drive items. + "copyMode": "A String", # Indicates how the applied Label, and Field values should be copied when a Drive item is copied. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this label. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was disabled. This value has no meaning when the label is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this label. This value has no meaning when the label is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering the Label. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering the Label. + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the Label should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This Label should be hidden in the search menu when searching for Drive items. + "priority": "A String", # Order to display label in a list + "shownInApply": True or False, # This Label should be shown in the apply menu. + }, + "fields": [ # List of Fields in descending priority order. + { # Defines a field which has a display name, data type, and other configuration options. This field defines the kind of metadata that may be set on a Drive item. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this field on applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities this user has on this Field and its value when the Label is applied on Drive items. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read related applied metadata on items. + "canSearch": True or False, # Whether the user can search for drive items referencing this field. + "canWrite": True or False, # Whether the user can set this field on drive items. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this field. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "dateOptions": { # Options for the date field type. # Date field options. + "dateFormat": "A String", # Output only. ICU Date format. + "dateFormatType": "A String", # Localized date formatting option. Field values will be rendered in this format according to their locale. + "maxValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Maximum valid value (year, month, day). + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "minValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Minimum valid value (year, month, day). + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was disabled. This value has no meaning when the field is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this field. This value has no meaning when the field is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering a Field. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering a Field. + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the field should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This Field should be hidden in the search menu. + "required": True or False, # Whether the Field should be shown as required in the UI. + "shownInApply": True or False, # This Field should be shown when applying values to a Drive item. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The key of a field, unique within a Label or Library. This value is autogenerated, and will match the form `([a-zA-Z0-9_])+ + "integerOptions": { # Options for the Integer field type. # Integer field options. + "maxValue": "A String", # Output only. The maximum valid value for the integer field. + "minValue": "A String", # Output only. The minimum valid value for the integer field. + }, + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. The lifecycle of this Field. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this field. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "properties": { # The basic properties of the field. # The basic properties of the field. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display text to show in the UI identifying this field. + "insertBeforeField": "A String", # Input only. Insert or move this Field to be ordered before the indicated Field. If empty, the Field will be placed at the end of the list. + "required": True or False, # Whether the field should be marked as required. + }, + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this field. This value has no meaning when the field is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "queryKey": "A String", # Output only. The key to use when constructing Drive search queries to find files based on values defined for this Field on files. For example: "`{query_key}` > 2001-01-01" + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Field when editing the Field. # Output only. The capabilities this user has when editing this Field + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Field. The user must have permissions and the Field must be deprecated. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Field. The user must have permissions and this Field must not already be disabled. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Field. The user must have permissions and this Field must be disabled. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can change this field. + }, + "selectionOptions": { # Options for the selection field type. # Selection field options. + "choices": [ # The options available for this selection field. The list order is consistent, and modified with `insert_before_choice`. + { # Selection field Choice. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Choice on applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities related to this Choice on applied metadata. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read related applied metadata on items. + "canSearch": True or False, # Whether the user can use this Choice in search queries. + "canSelect": True or False, # Whether the user can select this Choice on an item. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this Choice. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was disabled. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this Choice. This value has no meaning when the option is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering a Option. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering a Choice. + "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and coerced to the nearest supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Coerced to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background which pairs with the foreground + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground which pairs with the background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + }, + "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge, used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means that the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the Label, and field and option priority. + "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and coerced to the nearest supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Coerced to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background which pairs with the foreground + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground which pairs with the background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + }, + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the option should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This option should be hidden in the search menu. + "shownInApply": True or False, # This option should be shown in the menu when applying values to a Drive item. + }, + "id": "A String", # The unique value of the Choice. This ID will be autogenerated, and will match the form `([a-zA-Z0-9_])+`. + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. Lifecycle of the Choice. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this Choice. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "properties": { # Basic properties of the Choice. # Basic properties of the Choice. + "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this Choice. When set, the Label that owns this Choice will be considered a "badged label". + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge will be rendered. This color will be coerced into the closest recommended supported color. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "priorityOverride": "A String", # Override the default global priority of this badge. When set to 0, the default priority heuristic will be used. + }, + "description": "A String", # The description of this Label. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display text to show in the UI identifying this field. + "insertBeforeChoice": "A String", # Input only. Insert or move this Choice to be ordered before the indicated Choice. If empty, the Choice will be placed at the end of the list. + }, + "publishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was published. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not published. + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this Choice. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Choice when editing the Choice. # Output only. The capabilities related to this option when editing the option. + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Choice. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Chioce. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Choice. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can update this Choice. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was updated last. + "updater": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who updated this Choice last. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + }, + ], + "listOptions": { # Options for a multi-valued variant of an associated field type. # When specified, indicates that this field support a list of values. Once the field is published, this cannot be changed. + "maxEntries": 42, # Maximum number of entries permitted. + }, + }, + "textOptions": { # Options for the Text field type. # Text field options. + "maxLength": 42, # Output only. The maximum valid length of values for the text field. + "minLength": 42, # Output only. The minimum valid length of values for the text field. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was updated. + "updater": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who modified this field. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "userOptions": { # Options for the user field type. # User field options. + "listOptions": { # Options for a multi-valued variant of an associated field type. # When specified, indicates that this field support a list of values. Once the field is published, this cannot be changed. + "maxEntries": 42, # Maximum number of entries permitted. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Output only. Globally unique identifier of this Label. ID makes up part of the Label `name`, but unlike `name`, ID is consistent between revisions. Matches the regex: `([a-zA-Z0-9])+` + "labelType": "A String", # Required. The type of this label. + "learnMoreUri": "A String", # Custom URL to present to users to allow them to learn more about this label and how it should be used. + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. The lifecycle state of the label including whether it's published, deprecated, and has draft changes. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this label. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Label. Will be in the form of either: `labels/{id}` or `labels/{id}@{revision_id}` depending on the request. See `id` and `revision_id` below. + "properties": { # Basic properties of the Label. # Required. The basic properties of the Label. + "description": "A String", # The description of this Label. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the Label. + }, + "publishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was published. This value has no meaning when the label is not published. + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this label. This value has no meaning when the label is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label revision was created. + "revisionCreator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this label revision. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the Label. Revision ID may be part of the Label `name` depending on the request issued. A new revision is created whenever revisioned properties of a Label are changed. Matches the regex: `([a-zA-Z0-9])+` + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Label when editing the Label. # Output only. The capabilities the user has on this Label. + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Label. The user must have permission and the Label must be disabled. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Label. The user must have permission and this Label must not already be disabled. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Label. The user must have permission and this Label must be disabled. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can change this Label. + }, +}+++ +list(languageCode=None, minimumRole=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, publishedOnly=None, useAdminAccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)+-------------------------------------------------------------------------- ## Label APIs --------------------------------------------------------------- List Labels. + +Args: + languageCode: string, The BCP-47 language code to use for evaluating localized field labels. When not specified, values in the default configured language will be used. + minimumRole: string, Specifies the level of access the user must have on the returned Labels. The minimum role a user must have on a label. Defaults to `READER`. + Allowed values + LABEL_ROLE_UNSPECIFIED - Unknown role. + READER - A reader can read the Label and associated metadata applied to Drive items. + APPLIER - An applier can write associated metadata on Drive items in which they also have write access to. Implies `READER`. + ORGANIZER - An organizer is allowed to pin this label in shared drives they manage and add new appliers to the label. + EDITOR - Editors may make any updates including deleting the Label which will also delete associated Drive item metadata. Implies `APPLIER`. + pageSize: integer, Maximum number of Labels to return per page. Default: 50. Max: 200. + pageToken: string, The token of the page to return. + publishedOnly: boolean, Whether to include only published labels in the results. * When `true`, only the current published label revisions will be returned. Disabled labels will be included. Returned Label resource names will reference the published revision (`labels/{id}/{revision_id}`). * When `false`, the current label revisions will be returned, which may not by published. Returned Label resource names will not reference a specific revision (`labels/{id}`). + useAdminAccess: boolean, Set to `true` in order to use the user's admin credentials. This will return all Labels within the customer. + view: string, When specified, only certain fields belonging to the indicated view will be returned. + Allowed values + LABEL_VIEW_BASIC - Implies the field mask: `name,id,revision_id,label_type,properties.*` + LABEL_VIEW_FULL - All possible fields. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response for listing Labels. + "labels": [ # Labels. + { # A Label defines a taxonomy which may be applied to a Drive items in order to organize and search across Items. Labels may be simple strings, or may contain Fields that describe additional metadata which can be further used to organize and search Drive items. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities a user has on this Label's applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities related to this label on applied metadata. + "canApply": True or False, # Whether the user can apply this Label to items. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read applied metadata related to this label. + "canRemove": True or False, # Whether the user can remove this Label from items. + }, + "appliedLabelPolicy": { # Behavior of this Label when its applied to Drive items. # Output only. Behavior of this Label when its applied to Drive items. + "copyMode": "A String", # Indicates how the applied Label, and Field values should be copied when a Drive item is copied. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this label. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was disabled. This value has no meaning when the label is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this label. This value has no meaning when the label is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering the Label. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering the Label. + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the Label should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This Label should be hidden in the search menu when searching for Drive items. + "priority": "A String", # Order to display label in a list + "shownInApply": True or False, # This Label should be shown in the apply menu. + }, + "fields": [ # List of Fields in descending priority order. + { # Defines a field which has a display name, data type, and other configuration options. This field defines the kind of metadata that may be set on a Drive item. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this field on applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities this user has on this Field and its value when the Label is applied on Drive items. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read related applied metadata on items. + "canSearch": True or False, # Whether the user can search for drive items referencing this field. + "canWrite": True or False, # Whether the user can set this field on drive items. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this field. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "dateOptions": { # Options for the date field type. # Date field options. + "dateFormat": "A String", # Output only. ICU Date format. + "dateFormatType": "A String", # Localized date formatting option. Field values will be rendered in this format according to their locale. + "maxValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Maximum valid value (year, month, day). + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "minValue": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Minimum valid value (year, month, day). + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was disabled. This value has no meaning when the field is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this field. This value has no meaning when the field is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering a Field. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering a Field. + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the field should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This Field should be hidden in the search menu. + "required": True or False, # Whether the Field should be shown as required in the UI. + "shownInApply": True or False, # This Field should be shown when applying values to a Drive item. + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. The key of a field, unique within a Label or Library. This value is autogenerated, and will match the form `([a-zA-Z0-9_])+ + "integerOptions": { # Options for the Integer field type. # Integer field options. + "maxValue": "A String", # Output only. The maximum valid value for the integer field. + "minValue": "A String", # Output only. The minimum valid value for the integer field. + }, + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. The lifecycle of this Field. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this field. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "properties": { # The basic properties of the field. # The basic properties of the field. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display text to show in the UI identifying this field. + "insertBeforeField": "A String", # Input only. Insert or move this Field to be ordered before the indicated Field. If empty, the Field will be placed at the end of the list. + "required": True or False, # Whether the field should be marked as required. + }, + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this field. This value has no meaning when the field is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "queryKey": "A String", # Output only. The key to use when constructing Drive search queries to find files based on values defined for this Field on files. For example: "`{query_key}` > 2001-01-01" + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Field when editing the Field. # Output only. The capabilities this user has when editing this Field + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Field. The user must have permissions and the Field must be deprecated. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Field. The user must have permissions and this Field must not already be disabled. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Field. The user must have permissions and this Field must be disabled. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can change this field. + }, + "selectionOptions": { # Options for the selection field type. # Selection field options. + "choices": [ # The options available for this selection field. The list order is consistent, and modified with `insert_before_choice`. + { # Selection field Choice. + "appliedCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Choice on applied metadata. # Output only. The capabilities related to this Choice on applied metadata. + "canRead": True or False, # Whether the user can read related applied metadata on items. + "canSearch": True or False, # Whether the user can use this Choice in search queries. + "canSelect": True or False, # Whether the user can select this Choice on an item. + }, + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was created. + "creator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this Choice. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was disabled. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not disabled. + "disabler": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who disabled this Choice. This value has no meaning when the option is not disabled. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "displayHints": { # UI Display hints for rendering a Option. # Output only. UI Display hints for rendering a Choice. + "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and coerced to the nearest supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Coerced to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background which pairs with the foreground + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground which pairs with the background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + }, + "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge, used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means that the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the Label, and field and option priority. + "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and coerced to the nearest supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Coerced to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background which pairs with the foreground + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground which pairs with the background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + }, + "disabled": True or False, # Whether the option should be shown in the UI as disabled. + "hiddenInSearch": True or False, # This option should be hidden in the search menu. + "shownInApply": True or False, # This option should be shown in the menu when applying values to a Drive item. + }, + "id": "A String", # The unique value of the Choice. This ID will be autogenerated, and will match the form `([a-zA-Z0-9_])+`. + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. Lifecycle of the Choice. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this Choice. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "properties": { # Basic properties of the Choice. # Basic properties of the Choice. + "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this Choice. When set, the Label that owns this Choice will be considered a "badged label". + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge will be rendered. This color will be coerced into the closest recommended supported color. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "priorityOverride": "A String", # Override the default global priority of this badge. When set to 0, the default priority heuristic will be used. + }, + "description": "A String", # The description of this Label. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display text to show in the UI identifying this field. + "insertBeforeChoice": "A String", # Input only. Insert or move this Choice to be ordered before the indicated Choice. If empty, the Choice will be placed at the end of the list. + }, + "publishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was published. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not published. + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this Choice. This value has no meaning when the Choice is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Choice when editing the Choice. # Output only. The capabilities related to this option when editing the option. + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Choice. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Chioce. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Choice. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can update this Choice. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this Choice was updated last. + "updater": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who updated this Choice last. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + }, + ], + "listOptions": { # Options for a multi-valued variant of an associated field type. # When specified, indicates that this field support a list of values. Once the field is published, this cannot be changed. + "maxEntries": 42, # Maximum number of entries permitted. + }, + }, + "textOptions": { # Options for the Text field type. # Text field options. + "maxLength": 42, # Output only. The maximum valid length of values for the text field. + "minLength": 42, # Output only. The minimum valid length of values for the text field. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this field was updated. + "updater": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who modified this field. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "userOptions": { # Options for the user field type. # User field options. + "listOptions": { # Options for a multi-valued variant of an associated field type. # When specified, indicates that this field support a list of values. Once the field is published, this cannot be changed. + "maxEntries": 42, # Maximum number of entries permitted. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # Output only. Globally unique identifier of this Label. ID makes up part of the Label `name`, but unlike `name`, ID is consistent between revisions. Matches the regex: `([a-zA-Z0-9])+` + "labelType": "A String", # Required. The type of this label. + "learnMoreUri": "A String", # Custom URL to present to users to allow them to learn more about this label and how it should be used. + "lifecycle": { # The lifecycle state of an object, e.g. Label, Field, or Choice. The Lifecycle enforces the following transitions: * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` (starting state) * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> `PUBLISHED` * `UNPUBLISHED_DRAFT` -> (Deleted) * `PUBLISHED` -> `DISABLED` * `DISABLED` -> `PUBLISHED` * `DISABLED` -> (Deleted) The published and disabled states have some distinct characteristics: * Published - Some kinds of changes may be made to an object in this state, in which case `has_unpublished_changes` will be true. Some kinds of changes are not permitted. Generally, any change that would invalidate or cause new restrictions on existing metadata related to the Label will be rejected. * Disabled - When disabled, the configured `DisabledPolicy` will take effect. # Output only. The lifecycle state of the label including whether it's published, deprecated, and has draft changes. + "disabledPolicy": { # The policy that governs how to treat a disabled label, field, or selection choice in different contexts. # The policy that governs how to show a disabled label, field, or selection choice. + "hideInSearch": True or False, # Whether to hide this disabled object in the search menu for Drive items. * When `false` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled (but still permit searching) when searching for Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be hidden in the UI when searching for Drive items. + "showInApply": True or False, # Whether to show this disabled object in the apply menu on Drive items. * When `true` the object will generally be shown in the UI as disabled and is unselectable. * When `false` the object will generally be hidden in the UI. + }, + "hasUnpublishedChanges": True or False, # Output only. Whether the object associated with this lifecycle has unpublished changes. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the object associated with this lifecycle. + }, + "lockStatus": { # Contains information about whether a label component should be considered locked. # Output only. The LockStatus of this label. + "locked": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this label component is the (direct) target of a LabelLock. A label component may be implicitly locked even if it is not the direct target of a LabelLock, in which case this field will be false. + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Label. Will be in the form of either: `labels/{id}` or `labels/{id}@{revision_id}` depending on the request. See `id` and `revision_id` below. + "properties": { # Basic properties of the Label. # Required. The basic properties of the Label. + "description": "A String", # The description of this Label. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the Label. + }, + "publishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label was published. This value has no meaning when the label is not published. + "publisher": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who published this label. This value has no meaning when the label is not published. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this label revision was created. + "revisionCreator": { # Information about a user. # Output only. The user who created this label revision. + "person": "A String", # The identifier for this user who can be used with the People API to get more information. e.g. people/12345678 + }, + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the Label. Revision ID may be part of the Label `name` depending on the request issued. A new revision is created whenever revisioned properties of a Label are changed. Matches the regex: `([a-zA-Z0-9])+` + "schemaCapabilities": { # The capabilities related to this Label when editing the Label. # Output only. The capabilities the user has on this Label. + "canDelete": True or False, # Whether the user can delete this Label. The user must have permission and the Label must be disabled. + "canDisable": True or False, # Whether the user can disable this Label. The user must have permission and this Label must not already be disabled. + "canEnable": True or False, # Whether the user can enable this Label. The user must have permission and this Label must be disabled. + "canUpdate": True or False, # Whether the user can change this Label. + }, + }, + ], + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token of the next page in the response. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 1070bff70ee..a1482f0e7aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@list_next()+Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html index a0317cc9c8a..eac7acf3d51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24, or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24, or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24, or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier, a /24 CIDR block for High Scale tier, or a /26 CIDR block for Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29, 192.168.0.0/24, or 192.168.0.0/26, respectively. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html index c668d2f79e5..53f7b21b67a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html @@ -241,7 +241,11 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # A `FirebaseProject` is the top-level Firebase entity. It is the container for Firebase Apps, Firebase Hosting sites, storage systems (Firebase Realtime Database, Cloud Firestore, Cloud Storage buckets), and other Firebase and Google Cloud Platform (GCP) resources. You create a `FirebaseProject` by calling AddFirebase and specifying an *existing* [GCP `Project`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). This adds Firebase resources to the existing GCP `Project`. Since a FirebaseProject is actually also a GCP `Project`, a `FirebaseProject` has the same underlying GCP identifiers (`projectNumber` and `projectId`). This allows for easy interop with Google APIs. + "annotations": { # Set of user-defined annotations for the FirebaseProject as per [AIP-128](https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations). These annotations are intended solely for developers and client-side tools Firebase services will not mutate this annotation set. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "displayName": "A String", # The user-assigned display name of the Project. + "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. [AIP-154](https://google.aip.dev/154#declarative-friendly-resources). This etag is strongly validated. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Project, in the format: projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER PROJECT_IDENTIFIER: the Project's [`ProjectNumber`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_number) ***(recommended)*** or its [`ProjectId`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_id). Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510 standard](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510). Note that the value for PROJECT_IDENTIFIER in any response body will be the `ProjectId`. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. A user-assigned unique identifier for the Project. This identifier may appear in URLs or names for some Firebase resources associated with the Project, but it should generally be treated as a convenience alias to reference the Project. "projectNumber": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique, Google-assigned canonical identifier for the Project. Use this identifier when configuring integrations and/or making API calls to Firebase or third-party services. @@ -326,7 +330,11 @@Method Details
"nextPageToken": "A String", # If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent calls to `ListFirebaseProjects` to find the next group of Projects. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted. "results": [ # One page of the list of Projects that are accessible to the caller. { # A `FirebaseProject` is the top-level Firebase entity. It is the container for Firebase Apps, Firebase Hosting sites, storage systems (Firebase Realtime Database, Cloud Firestore, Cloud Storage buckets), and other Firebase and Google Cloud Platform (GCP) resources. You create a `FirebaseProject` by calling AddFirebase and specifying an *existing* [GCP `Project`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). This adds Firebase resources to the existing GCP `Project`. Since a FirebaseProject is actually also a GCP `Project`, a `FirebaseProject` has the same underlying GCP identifiers (`projectNumber` and `projectId`). This allows for easy interop with Google APIs. + "annotations": { # Set of user-defined annotations for the FirebaseProject as per [AIP-128](https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations). These annotations are intended solely for developers and client-side tools Firebase services will not mutate this annotation set. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "displayName": "A String", # The user-assigned display name of the Project. + "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. [AIP-154](https://google.aip.dev/154#declarative-friendly-resources). This etag is strongly validated. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Project, in the format: projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER PROJECT_IDENTIFIER: the Project's [`ProjectNumber`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_number) ***(recommended)*** or its [`ProjectId`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_id). Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510 standard](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510). Note that the value for PROJECT_IDENTIFIER in any response body will be the `ProjectId`. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. A user-assigned unique identifier for the Project. This identifier may appear in URLs or names for some Firebase resources associated with the Project, but it should generally be treated as a convenience alias to reference the Project. "projectNumber": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique, Google-assigned canonical identifier for the Project. Use this identifier when configuring integrations and/or making API calls to Firebase or third-party services. @@ -366,7 +374,11 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # A `FirebaseProject` is the top-level Firebase entity. It is the container for Firebase Apps, Firebase Hosting sites, storage systems (Firebase Realtime Database, Cloud Firestore, Cloud Storage buckets), and other Firebase and Google Cloud Platform (GCP) resources. You create a `FirebaseProject` by calling AddFirebase and specifying an *existing* [GCP `Project`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). This adds Firebase resources to the existing GCP `Project`. Since a FirebaseProject is actually also a GCP `Project`, a `FirebaseProject` has the same underlying GCP identifiers (`projectNumber` and `projectId`). This allows for easy interop with Google APIs. + "annotations": { # Set of user-defined annotations for the FirebaseProject as per [AIP-128](https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations). These annotations are intended solely for developers and client-side tools Firebase services will not mutate this annotation set. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "displayName": "A String", # The user-assigned display name of the Project. + "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. [AIP-154](https://google.aip.dev/154#declarative-friendly-resources). This etag is strongly validated. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Project, in the format: projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER PROJECT_IDENTIFIER: the Project's [`ProjectNumber`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_number) ***(recommended)*** or its [`ProjectId`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_id). Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510 standard](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510). Note that the value for PROJECT_IDENTIFIER in any response body will be the `ProjectId`. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. A user-assigned unique identifier for the Project. This identifier may appear in URLs or names for some Firebase resources associated with the Project, but it should generally be treated as a convenience alias to reference the Project. "projectNumber": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique, Google-assigned canonical identifier for the Project. Use this identifier when configuring integrations and/or making API calls to Firebase or third-party services. @@ -389,7 +401,11 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # A `FirebaseProject` is the top-level Firebase entity. It is the container for Firebase Apps, Firebase Hosting sites, storage systems (Firebase Realtime Database, Cloud Firestore, Cloud Storage buckets), and other Firebase and Google Cloud Platform (GCP) resources. You create a `FirebaseProject` by calling AddFirebase and specifying an *existing* [GCP `Project`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). This adds Firebase resources to the existing GCP `Project`. Since a FirebaseProject is actually also a GCP `Project`, a `FirebaseProject` has the same underlying GCP identifiers (`projectNumber` and `projectId`). This allows for easy interop with Google APIs. + "annotations": { # Set of user-defined annotations for the FirebaseProject as per [AIP-128](https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations). These annotations are intended solely for developers and client-side tools Firebase services will not mutate this annotation set. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "displayName": "A String", # The user-assigned display name of the Project. + "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. [AIP-154](https://google.aip.dev/154#declarative-friendly-resources). This etag is strongly validated. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the Project, in the format: projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER PROJECT_IDENTIFIER: the Project's [`ProjectNumber`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_number) ***(recommended)*** or its [`ProjectId`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.project_id). Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510 standard](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510). Note that the value for PROJECT_IDENTIFIER in any response body will be the `ProjectId`. "projectId": "A String", # Output only. A user-assigned unique identifier for the Project. This identifier may appear in URLs or names for some Firebase resources associated with the Project, but it should generally be treated as a convenience alias to reference the Project. "projectNumber": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique, Google-assigned canonical identifier for the Project. Use this identifier when configuring integrations and/or making API calls to Firebase or third-party services. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html index 658df514d12..d23684cfd8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -181,11 +181,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -240,16 +236,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -269,11 +280,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -293,11 +300,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -318,7 +321,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -329,11 +351,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -365,16 +383,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -394,11 +427,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -418,11 +447,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -443,7 +468,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -477,11 +521,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -569,16 +609,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -598,11 +653,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -622,11 +673,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -647,7 +694,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -658,11 +724,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -694,16 +756,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -723,11 +800,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -747,11 +820,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -772,7 +841,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -796,11 +884,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -840,11 +924,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -882,11 +962,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -952,11 +1028,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1009,11 +1081,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1114,11 +1182,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1198,11 +1262,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1250,11 +1310,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1288,11 +1344,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1345,11 +1397,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1436,11 +1484,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1488,11 +1532,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1526,11 +1566,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1575,11 +1611,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1631,11 +1663,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1675,11 +1703,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1753,11 +1777,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1805,11 +1825,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1843,11 +1859,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1891,11 +1903,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1953,16 +1961,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1982,11 +2005,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2006,11 +2025,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2031,7 +2046,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2042,11 +2076,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2078,16 +2108,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2107,11 +2152,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2131,11 +2172,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2156,7 +2193,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2182,11 +2238,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html index 1cb370d1388..453e42a5794 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -181,7 +181,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -236,31 +240,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -280,7 +269,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -300,7 +293,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -321,26 +318,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -351,7 +329,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -383,31 +365,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -427,7 +394,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -447,7 +418,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -468,26 +443,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -521,7 +477,11 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -609,31 +569,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -653,7 +598,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -673,7 +622,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -694,26 +647,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -724,7 +658,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -756,31 +694,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -800,7 +723,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -820,7 +747,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -841,26 +772,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -884,7 +796,11 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -924,7 +840,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -962,7 +882,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1028,7 +952,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1081,7 +1009,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1182,7 +1114,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1262,7 +1198,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1310,7 +1250,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1344,7 +1288,11 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1397,7 +1345,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1484,7 +1436,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1532,7 +1488,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1566,7 +1526,11 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1611,7 +1575,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1663,7 +1631,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1703,7 +1675,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1777,7 +1753,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1825,7 +1805,11 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1859,7 +1843,11 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1903,7 +1891,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1961,31 +1953,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2005,7 +1982,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2025,7 +2006,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2046,26 +2031,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2076,7 +2042,11 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2108,31 +2078,16 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2152,7 +2107,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2172,7 +2131,11 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2193,26 +2156,7 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2238,7 +2182,11 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html index b11d80321b9..01af3bad223 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
Creates a Backup for the given BackupPlan. Args: - parent: string, Required. The BackupPlan within which to create the Backup. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The BackupPlan within which to create the Backup. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@Method Details
"backupCrdVersions": { # A list of the Backup for GKE CRD versions found in the cluster. "a_key": "A String", }, - "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. + "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. "gkeVersion": "A String", # GKE version "k8sVersion": "A String", # The Kubernetes server version of the source cluster. }, @@ -144,17 +144,17 @@Method Details
"deleteLockExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which an existing delete lock will expire for this backup (calculated from create_time + delete_lock_days). "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Backup. "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. The customer managed encryption key that was used to encrypt the Backup's artifacts. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's encryption_key value. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform backup updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetBackup`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateBackup` or `DeleteBackup` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. - "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. + "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days and <= 365. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. "retainExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this Backup will be automatically deleted (calculated from create_time + retain_days). "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, the list of ProtectedApplications whose resources were included in the Backup. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@Method Details
Deletes an existing Backup. Args: - name: string, Required. Name of the Backup resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* (required) + name: string, Required. Name of the Backup resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` (required) etag: string, If provided, this value must match the current value of the target Backup's etag field or the request is rejected. force: boolean, If set to true, any VolumeBackups below this Backup will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the Backup has no VolumeBackups. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@Method Details
Retrieve the details of a single Backup. Args: - name: string, Required. Full name of the Backup resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* (required) + name: string, Required. Full name of the Backup resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@Method Details
"backupCrdVersions": { # A list of the Backup for GKE CRD versions found in the cluster. "a_key": "A String", }, - "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. + "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. "gkeVersion": "A String", # GKE version "k8sVersion": "A String", # The Kubernetes server version of the source cluster. }, @@ -278,17 +278,17 @@Method Details
"deleteLockExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which an existing delete lock will expire for this backup (calculated from create_time + delete_lock_days). "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Backup. "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. The customer managed encryption key that was used to encrypt the Backup's artifacts. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's encryption_key value. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform backup updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetBackup`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateBackup` or `DeleteBackup` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. - "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. + "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days and <= 365. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. "retainExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this Backup will be automatically deleted (calculated from create_time + retain_days). "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, the list of ProtectedApplications whose resources were included in the Backup. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@Method Details
Lists the Backups for a given BackupPlan. Args: - parent: string, Required. The BackupPlan that contains the Backups to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The BackupPlan that contains the Backups to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
"backupCrdVersions": { # A list of the Backup for GKE CRD versions found in the cluster. "a_key": "A String", }, - "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. + "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. "gkeVersion": "A String", # GKE version "k8sVersion": "A String", # The Kubernetes server version of the source cluster. }, @@ -400,17 +400,17 @@Method Details
"deleteLockExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which an existing delete lock will expire for this backup (calculated from create_time + delete_lock_days). "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Backup. "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. The customer managed encryption key that was used to encrypt the Backup's artifacts. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's encryption_key value. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform backup updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetBackup`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateBackup` or `DeleteBackup` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. - "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. + "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days and <= 365. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. "retainExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this Backup will be automatically deleted (calculated from create_time + retain_days). "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, the list of ProtectedApplications whose resources were included in the Backup. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@Method Details
Update a Backup. Args: - name: string, Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* (required) + name: string, Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@Method Details
"backupCrdVersions": { # A list of the Backup for GKE CRD versions found in the cluster. "a_key": "A String", }, - "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. + "cluster": "A String", # The source cluster from which this Backup was created. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` This is inherited from the parent BackupPlan's cluster field. "gkeVersion": "A String", # GKE version "k8sVersion": "A String", # The Kubernetes server version of the source cluster. }, @@ -480,17 +480,17 @@Method Details
"deleteLockExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which an existing delete lock will expire for this backup (calculated from create_time + delete_lock_days). "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Backup. "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # Output only. The customer managed encryption key that was used to encrypt the Backup's artifacts. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's encryption_key value. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform backup updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetBackup`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateBackup` or `DeleteBackup` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. - "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. + "retainDays": 42, # The age (in days) after which this Backup will be automatically deleted. Must be an integer value >= 0: - If 0, no automatic deletion will occur for this Backup. - If not 0, this must be >= delete_lock_days and <= 365. Once a Backup is created, this value may only be increased. Defaults to the parent BackupPlan's backup_retain_days value. "retainExpireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this Backup will be automatically deleted (calculated from create_time + retain_days). "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # Output only. If set, the list of ProtectedApplications whose resources were included in the Backup. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.volumeBackups.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.volumeBackups.html index 7d904945259..2abaf3329bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.volumeBackups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.volumeBackups.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@Method Details
Retrieve the details of a single VolumeBackup. Args: - name: string, Required. Full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/* (required) + name: string, Required. Full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@Method Details
"diskSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The minimum size of the disk to which this VolumeBackup can be restored. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a volume backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform volume backup updates in order to avoid race conditions. "format": "A String", # Output only. The format used for the volume backup. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*`. "sourcePvc": { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. # Output only. A reference to the source Kubernetes PVC from which this VolumeBackup was created. "name": "A String", # The name of the Kubernetes resource. "namespace": "A String", # The Namespace of the Kubernetes resource. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@Method Details
Lists the VolumeBackups for a given Backup. Args: - parent: string, Required. The Backup that contains the VolumeBackups to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The Backup that contains the VolumeBackups to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@Method Details
"diskSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The minimum size of the disk to which this VolumeBackup can be restored. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a volume backup from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform volume backup updates in order to avoid race conditions. "format": "A String", # Output only. The format used for the volume backup. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*`. "sourcePvc": { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. # Output only. A reference to the source Kubernetes PVC from which this VolumeBackup was created. "name": "A String", # The name of the Kubernetes resource. "namespace": "A String", # The Namespace of the Kubernetes resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index 5ffe1acf443..276dbf31552 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
Creates a new BackupPlan in a given location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The location within which to create the BackupPlan. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The location within which to create the BackupPlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@Method Details
"backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "includeSecrets": True or False, # This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False "includeVolumeData": True or False, # This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@Method Details
}, }, "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was created. "deactivated": True or False, # This flag indicates whether this BackupPlan has been deactivated. Setting this field to True locks the BackupPlan such that no further updates will be allowed (except deletes), including the deactivated field itself. It also prevents any new Backups from being created via this BackupPlan (including scheduled Backups). Default: False "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this BackupPlan. @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) - "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@Method Details
Deletes an existing BackupPlan. Args: - name: string, Required. Fully qualified BackupPlan name. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* (required) + name: string, Required. Fully qualified BackupPlan name. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` (required) etag: string, If provided, this value must match the current value of the target BackupPlan's etag field or the request is rejected. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@Method Details
Retrieve the details of a single BackupPlan. Args: - name: string, Required. Fully qualified BackupPlan name. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* (required) + name: string, Required. Fully qualified BackupPlan name. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@Method Details
"backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "includeSecrets": True or False, # This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False "includeVolumeData": True or False, # This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False @@ -272,10 +272,10 @@Method Details
}, }, "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was created. "deactivated": True or False, # This flag indicates whether this BackupPlan has been deactivated. Setting this field to True locks the BackupPlan such that no further updates will be allowed (except deletes), including the deactivated field itself. It also prevents any new Backups from being created via this BackupPlan (including scheduled Backups). Default: False "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this BackupPlan. @@ -283,11 +283,11 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) - "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@Method Details
Lists BackupPlans in a given location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The location that contains the BackupPlans to list. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The location that contains the BackupPlans to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@Method Details
"backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "includeSecrets": True or False, # This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False "includeVolumeData": True or False, # This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False @@ -386,10 +386,10 @@Method Details
}, }, "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was created. "deactivated": True or False, # This flag indicates whether this BackupPlan has been deactivated. Setting this field to True locks the BackupPlan such that no further updates will be allowed (except deletes), including the deactivated field itself. It also prevents any new Backups from being created via this BackupPlan (including scheduled Backups). Default: False "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this BackupPlan. @@ -397,11 +397,11 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) - "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@Method Details
Update a BackupPlan. Args: - name: string, Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* (required) + name: string, Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@Method Details
"backupConfig": { # BackupConfig defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. # Defines the configuration of Backups created via this BackupPlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # If True, include all namespaced resources "encryptionKey": { # Defined a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt Backup artifacts. # This defines a customer managed encryption key that will be used to encrypt the "config" portion (the Kubernetes resources) of Backups created via this plan. Default (empty): Config backup artifacts will not be encrypted. - "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/* + "gcpKmsEncryptionKey": "A String", # Google Cloud KMS encryption key. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` }, "includeSecrets": True or False, # This flag specifies whether Kubernetes Secret resources should be included when they fall into the scope of Backups. Default: False "includeVolumeData": True or False, # This flag specifies whether volume data should be backed up when PVCs are included in the scope of a Backup. Default: False @@ -461,10 +461,10 @@Method Details
}, }, "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was created. "deactivated": True or False, # This flag indicates whether this BackupPlan has been deactivated. Setting this field to True locks the BackupPlan such that no further updates will be allowed (except deletes), including the deactivated field itself. It also prevents any new Backups from being created via this BackupPlan (including scheduled Backups). Default: False "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this BackupPlan. @@ -472,11 +472,11 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) - "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) + "backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html index f7e3362b1dc..8a9d694d0f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html @@ -120,20 +120,20 @@Method Details
Creates a new RestorePlan in a given location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The location within which to create the RestorePlan. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The location within which to create the RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # The configuration of a potential series of Restore operations to be performed against Backups belong to a particular BackupPlan. Next id: 11 - "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this RestorePlan. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestorePlan`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestorePlan` or `DeleteRestorePlan` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. Next id: 9 # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@Method Details
Deletes an existing RestorePlan. Args: - name: string, Required. Fully qualified RestorePlan name. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/* (required) + name: string, Required. Fully qualified RestorePlan name. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*` (required) etag: string, If provided, this value must match the current value of the target RestorePlan's etag field or the request is rejected. force: boolean, If set to true, any Restores below this RestorePlan will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the RestorePlan has no Restores. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@Method Details
Retrieve the details of a single RestorePlan. Args: - name: string, Required. Fully qualified RestorePlan name. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/* (required) + name: string, Required. Fully qualified RestorePlan name. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -263,15 +263,15 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # The configuration of a potential series of Restore operations to be performed against Backups belong to a particular BackupPlan. Next id: 11 - "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this RestorePlan. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestorePlan`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestorePlan` or `DeleteRestorePlan` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. Next id: 9 # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@Method Details
Lists RestorePlans in a given location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The location that contains the RestorePlans to list. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The location that contains the RestorePlans to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -390,15 +390,15 @@Method Details
"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which may be sent as page_token in a subsequent `ListRestorePlans` call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted or empty, then there are no more results to return. "restorePlans": [ # The list of RestorePlans matching the given criteria. { # The configuration of a potential series of Restore operations to be performed against Backups belong to a particular BackupPlan. Next id: 11 - "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this RestorePlan. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestorePlan`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestorePlan` or `DeleteRestorePlan` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. Next id: 9 # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. @@ -471,20 +471,20 @@Method Details
Update a RestorePlan. Args: - name: string, Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*. (required) + name: string, Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # The configuration of a potential series of Restore operations to be performed against Backups belong to a particular BackupPlan. Next id: 11 - "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* + "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the BackupPlan from which Backups may be used as the source for Restores created via this RestorePlan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The target cluster into which Restores created via this RestorePlan will restore data. NOTE: the cluster's region must be the same as the RestorePlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this RestorePlan. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestorePlan`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestorePlan` or `DeleteRestorePlan` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the RestorePlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*`. "restoreConfig": { # Configuration of a restore. Next id: 9 # Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan. "allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html index 1001169112a..fd783bba19e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@Method Details
Creates a new Restore for the given RestorePlan. Args: - parent: string, Required. The RestorePlan within which to create the Restore. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The RestorePlan within which to create the Restore. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Represents both a request to Restore some portion of a Backup into a target GKE cluster and a record of the restore operation itself. Next id: 18 - "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. + "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` "resourcesExcludedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources excluded during the restore execution. "resourcesFailedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources that failed to be restored during the restore execution. "resourcesRestoredCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources restored during the restore execution. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@Method Details
Deletes an existing Restore. Args: - name: string, Required. Full name of the Restore Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* (required) + name: string, Required. Full name of the Restore Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` (required) etag: string, If provided, this value must match the current value of the target Restore's etag field or the request is rejected. force: boolean, If set to true, any VolumeRestores below this restore will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the restore has no VolumeRestores. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@Method Details
Retrieves the details of a single Restore. Args: - name: string, Required. Name of the restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* (required) + name: string, Required. Name of the restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Represents both a request to Restore some portion of a Backup into a target GKE cluster and a record of the restore operation itself. Next id: 18 - "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. + "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` "resourcesExcludedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources excluded during the restore execution. "resourcesFailedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources that failed to be restored during the restore execution. "resourcesRestoredCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources restored during the restore execution. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
Lists the Restores for a given RestorePlan. Args: - parent: string, Required. The RestorePlan that contains the Restores to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The RestorePlan that contains the Restores to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@Method Details
"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which may be sent as page_token in a subsequent `ListRestores` call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is omitted or empty, then there are no more results to return. "restores": [ # The list of Restores matching the given criteria. { # Represents both a request to Restore some portion of a Backup into a target GKE cluster and a record of the restore operation itself. Next id: 18 - "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. + "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` "resourcesExcludedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources excluded during the restore execution. "resourcesFailedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources that failed to be restored during the restore execution. "resourcesRestoredCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources restored during the restore execution. @@ -492,13 +492,13 @@Method Details
Update a Restore. Args: - name: string, Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* (required) + name: string, Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Represents both a request to Restore some portion of a Backup into a target GKE cluster and a record of the restore operation itself. Next id: 18 - "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*. - "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - projects/*/locations/*/clusters/* - projects/*/zones/*/clusters/* Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. + "backup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Backup used as the source from which this Restore will restore. Note that this Backup must be a sub-resource of the RestorePlan's backup_plan. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*`. + "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@Method Details
"labels": { # A set of custom labels supplied by user. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* + "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the Restore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` "resourcesExcludedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources excluded during the restore execution. "resourcesFailedCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources that failed to be restored during the restore execution. "resourcesRestoredCount": 42, # Output only. Number of resources restored during the restore execution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.volumeRestores.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.volumeRestores.html index a278d41e1f3..c3d64fc08c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.volumeRestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.volumeRestores.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@Method Details
Retrieve the details of a single VolumeRestore. Args: - name: string, Required. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/* (required) + name: string, Required. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/*` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@Method Details
"completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the associated underlying volume restoration completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this VolumeRestore resource was created. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a volume restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform volume restore updates in order to avoid race conditions. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/*` "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this VolumeRestore. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human readable message explaining why the VolumeRestore is in its current state. "targetPvc": { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. # Output only. The reference to the target Kubernetes PVC to be restored. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@Method Details
}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this VolumeRestore resource was last updated. - "volumeBackup": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup from which the volume will be restored. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*. + "volumeBackup": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup from which the volume will be restored. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*`. "volumeHandle": "A String", # Output only. A storage system-specific opaque handler to the underlying volume created for the target PVC from the volume backup. "volumeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of volume provisioned }Method Details
Lists the VolumeRestores for a given Restore. Args: - parent: string, Required. The Restore that contains the VolumeRestores to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/* (required) + parent: string, Required. The Restore that contains the VolumeRestores to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*` (required) filter: string, Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, The target number of results to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may inclue a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@Method Details
"completeTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the associated underlying volume restoration completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this VolumeRestore resource was created. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a volume restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform volume restore updates in order to avoid race conditions. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/*. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the VolumeRestore resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/restorePlans/*/restores/*/volumeRestores/*` "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of this VolumeRestore. "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human readable message explaining why the VolumeRestore is in its current state. "targetPvc": { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. # Output only. The reference to the target Kubernetes PVC to be restored. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@Method Details
}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this VolumeRestore resource was last updated. - "volumeBackup": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup from which the volume will be restored. Format: projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*. + "volumeBackup": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the VolumeBackup from which the volume will be restored. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*/volumeBackups/*`. "volumeHandle": "A String", # Output only. A storage system-specific opaque handler to the underlying volume created for the target PVC from the volume backup. "volumeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of volume provisioned }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html index 46b2f5f4eb0..56efc80fdaa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html index 133c8f3de43..b325855f43e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html @@ -111,8 +111,10 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". + "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource. + "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource. + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 98aa18d5e01..5cc5e12f354 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -201,11 +201,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -422,11 +425,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -765,11 +771,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -986,11 +995,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -1317,11 +1329,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -1538,11 +1553,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -1825,11 +1843,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. @@ -2046,11 +2067,14 @@Method Details
{ # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod. "azureadConfig": { # Configuration for the AzureAD Auth flow. # AzureAD specific Configuration. "clientId": "A String", # ID for the registered client application that makes authentication requests to the Azure AD identity provider. - "clientSecret": "A String", # Raw client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. - "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Encrypted AzureAD client secrets + "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Unencrypted AzureAD client secret will be passed to the GKE Hub CLH. + "encryptedClientSecret": "A String", # Output only. Encrypted AzureAD client secret. "kubectlRedirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URL that kubectl uses for authorization. "tenant": "A String", # Kind of Azure AD account to be authenticated. Supported values are or for accounts belonging to a specific tenant. }, + "googleConfig": { # Configuration for the Google Plugin Auth flow. # GoogleConfig specific configuration + "disable": True or False, # Disable automatic configuration of Google Plugin on supported platforms. + }, "name": "A String", # Identifier for auth config. "oidcConfig": { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration. "certificateAuthorityData": "A String", # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html index 4eeae5d46df..ff5a53d04b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html @@ -114,8 +114,10 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". + "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource. + "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource. + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. } @@ -128,14 +130,24 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. - "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". - "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". + "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource. + "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource. + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. }Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". + "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource. + "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource. + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. }, @@ -241,8 +274,10 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". + "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource. + "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource. + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. } @@ -256,14 +291,24 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created. - "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet` - "fleetName": "A String", # The name for the fleet. The name must meet the following constraints: + The name of a fleet should be unique within the organization; + It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-`; + The length of the name must be less than or equal to 63; + Unicode names must be expressed in Punycode format (rfc3492). Examples: + prod-fleet + xn--wlq33vhyw9jb （Punycode form for "生产环境") - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each GCP project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". - "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html index b4763872acd..8032fad9ad2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html index 8277e55f723..78edda2ab56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@Method Details
}, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. - "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster + "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/attachedClusters/my-cluster }, "onPremCluster": { # OnPremCluster contains information specific to GKE On-Prem clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE On-Prem cluster. An onprem user-cluster who has no resourceLink is not allowed to use this field, it should have a nil "type" instead. "adminCluster": True or False, # Immutable. Whether the cluster is an admin cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v2beta.policies.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v2beta.policies.html index 105fadbca8b..027035ea864 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iam_v2beta.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v2beta.policies.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@Method Details
"deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`. "A String", ], - "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any user who is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. + "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. "A String", ], "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@Method Details
"deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`. "A String", ], - "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any user who is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. + "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. "A String", ], "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@Method Details
"deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`. "A String", ], - "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any user who is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. + "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. "A String", ], "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@Method Details
"deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`. "A String", ], - "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any user who is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. + "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`. "A String", ], "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index db74255d2df..959b158214e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -157,6 +157,12 @@Method Details
{ # The IAP configurable settings. "accessSettings": { # Access related settings for IAP protected apps. # Top level wrapper for all access related setting in IAP + "allowedDomainsSettings": { # Configuration for IAP allowed domains. Allows the customers to restrict access to the app by only allowing requests from the listed trusted domains. # Settings to configure and enable allowed domains. + "domains": [ # List of trusted domains. + "A String", + ], + "enable": True or False, # Configuration for customers to opt in for the feature. + }, "corsSettings": { # Allows customers to configure HTTP request paths that'll allow HTTP OPTIONS call to bypass authentication and authorization. # Configuration to allow cross-origin requests via IAP. "allowHttpOptions": True or False, # Configuration to allow HTTP OPTIONS calls to skip authorization. If undefined, IAP will not apply any special logic to OPTIONS requests. }, @@ -196,9 +202,10 @@Method Details
"accessDeniedPageSettings": { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page. "accessDeniedPageUri": "A String", # The URI to be redirected to when access is denied. "generateTroubleshootingUri": True or False, # Whether to generate a troubleshooting URL on access denied events to this application. + "remediationTokenGenerationEnabled": True or False, # Whether to generate remediation token on access denied events to this application. }, "cookieDomain": "A String", # The Domain value to set for cookies generated by IAP. This value is not validated by the API, but will be ignored at runtime if invalid. - "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCTokens generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCTokens are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. + "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCToken generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCToken are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly. # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. "rctokenAud": "A String", # Audience claim set in the generated RCToken. This value is not validated by IAP. }, }, @@ -305,6 +312,12 @@Method Details
{ # The IAP configurable settings. "accessSettings": { # Access related settings for IAP protected apps. # Top level wrapper for all access related setting in IAP + "allowedDomainsSettings": { # Configuration for IAP allowed domains. Allows the customers to restrict access to the app by only allowing requests from the listed trusted domains. # Settings to configure and enable allowed domains. + "domains": [ # List of trusted domains. + "A String", + ], + "enable": True or False, # Configuration for customers to opt in for the feature. + }, "corsSettings": { # Allows customers to configure HTTP request paths that'll allow HTTP OPTIONS call to bypass authentication and authorization. # Configuration to allow cross-origin requests via IAP. "allowHttpOptions": True or False, # Configuration to allow HTTP OPTIONS calls to skip authorization. If undefined, IAP will not apply any special logic to OPTIONS requests. }, @@ -344,9 +357,10 @@Method Details
"accessDeniedPageSettings": { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page. "accessDeniedPageUri": "A String", # The URI to be redirected to when access is denied. "generateTroubleshootingUri": True or False, # Whether to generate a troubleshooting URL on access denied events to this application. + "remediationTokenGenerationEnabled": True or False, # Whether to generate remediation token on access denied events to this application. }, "cookieDomain": "A String", # The Domain value to set for cookies generated by IAP. This value is not validated by the API, but will be ignored at runtime if invalid. - "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCTokens generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCTokens are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. + "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCToken generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCToken are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly. # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. "rctokenAud": "A String", # Audience claim set in the generated RCToken. This value is not validated by IAP. }, }, @@ -364,6 +378,12 @@Method Details
{ # The IAP configurable settings. "accessSettings": { # Access related settings for IAP protected apps. # Top level wrapper for all access related setting in IAP + "allowedDomainsSettings": { # Configuration for IAP allowed domains. Allows the customers to restrict access to the app by only allowing requests from the listed trusted domains. # Settings to configure and enable allowed domains. + "domains": [ # List of trusted domains. + "A String", + ], + "enable": True or False, # Configuration for customers to opt in for the feature. + }, "corsSettings": { # Allows customers to configure HTTP request paths that'll allow HTTP OPTIONS call to bypass authentication and authorization. # Configuration to allow cross-origin requests via IAP. "allowHttpOptions": True or False, # Configuration to allow HTTP OPTIONS calls to skip authorization. If undefined, IAP will not apply any special logic to OPTIONS requests. }, @@ -403,9 +423,10 @@Method Details
"accessDeniedPageSettings": { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page. "accessDeniedPageUri": "A String", # The URI to be redirected to when access is denied. "generateTroubleshootingUri": True or False, # Whether to generate a troubleshooting URL on access denied events to this application. + "remediationTokenGenerationEnabled": True or False, # Whether to generate remediation token on access denied events to this application. }, "cookieDomain": "A String", # The Domain value to set for cookies generated by IAP. This value is not validated by the API, but will be ignored at runtime if invalid. - "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCTokens generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCTokens are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. + "csmSettings": { # Configuration for RCToken generated for service mesh workloads protected by IAP. RCToken are IAP generated JWTs that can be verified at the application. The RCToken is primarily used for service mesh deployments, and can be scoped to a single mesh by configuring the audience field accordingly. # Settings to configure IAP's behavior for a service mesh. "rctokenAud": "A String", # Audience claim set in the generated RCToken. This value is not validated by IAP. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 0e8694052f2..b27ccb05684 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -467,6 +467,10 @@ * [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/driveactivity_v2.html) +## drivelabels +* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.html) + + ## essentialcontacts * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.companies.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.companies.html index 857bf0bee0c..10b2a5ea4a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.companies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.companies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html index ea48531c467..e6c27927f12 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.companies.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.companies.html index 7b0881fb06c..47fbd95ff6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.companies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.companies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html index d915a87b515..74d6ff34300 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType#NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType#LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.companies.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.companies.html index 9913f26e6c8..132f2be7d22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.companies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.companies.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html index 354158b4ee1..c9da7db9ba2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@Method Details
"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, "locationType": "A String", # The type of a location, which corresponds to the address lines field of google.type.PostalAddress. For example, "Downtown, Atlanta, GA, USA" has a type of LocationType.NEIGHBORHOOD, and "Kansas City, KS, USA" has a type of LocationType.LOCALITY. - "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. + "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address of the location that includes human readable information, such as postal delivery and payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premises, P.O. Box, or other delivery location. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html index e7bc7522836..6e2b4722353 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html @@ -124,6 +124,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. @@ -194,6 +200,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. @@ -289,6 +301,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. @@ -372,6 +390,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. @@ -460,6 +484,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. @@ -531,6 +561,12 @@Method Details
], "displayName": "A String", # A human-friendly name for the Uptime check configuration. The display name should be unique within a Cloud Monitoring Workspace in order to make it easier to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required. "httpCheck": { # Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS Uptime check request. # Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check. + "acceptedResponseStatusCodes": [ # If present, the check will only pass if the HTTP response status code is in this set of status codes. If empty, the HTTP status code will only pass if the HTTP status code is 200-299. + { # A status to accept. Either a status code class like "2xx", or an integer status code like "200". + "statusClass": "A String", # A class of status codes to accept. + "statusValue": 42, # A status code to accept. + }, + ], "authInfo": { # The authentication parameters to provide to the specified resource or URL that requires a username and password. Currently, only Basic HTTP authentication (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7617) is supported in Uptime checks. # The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty. "password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html index 6afe4a72573..d6a7a853af1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html @@ -79,25 +79,25 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
create(parent, body=None, hubId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new hub in the specified project.
+Creates a new Network Connectivity Center hub in the specified project.
-
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified hub.
+Deletes a Network Connectivity Center hub.
-Gets details about the specified hub.
+Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center hub.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists hubs in a given project.
+Lists the Network Connectivity Center hubs associated with a given project.
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the description and/or labels of the specified hub.
+Updates the description and/or labels of a Network Connectivity Center hub.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@Method Details
create(parent, body=None, hubId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a new hub in the specified project. +Creates a new Network Connectivity Center hub in the specified project. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. +{ # A Network Connectivity Center hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the hub was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the hub. "labels": { # Optional labels in key:value format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. - { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks that are associated with a hub's spokes. + { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub. "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes the specified hub. +Deletes a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the hub to delete. (required) @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@Method Details
get(name, x__xgafv=None)-Gets details about the specified hub. +Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the hub resource to get. (required) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. + { # A Network Connectivity Center hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the hub was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the hub. "labels": { # Optional labels in key:value format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. - { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks that are associated with a hub's spokes. + { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub. "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@Method Details
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)-Lists hubs in a given project. +Lists the Network Connectivity Center hubs associated with a given project. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource's name. (required) @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@Method Details
{ # Response for HubService.ListHubs method. "hubs": [ # The requested hubs. - { # A hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. + { # A Network Connectivity Center hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the hub was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the hub. "labels": { # Optional labels in key:value format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. - { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks that are associated with a hub's spokes. + { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub. "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, @@ -346,14 +346,14 @@Method Details
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Updates the description and/or labels of the specified hub. +Updates the description and/or labels of a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. +{ # A Network Connectivity Center hub is a collection of spokes. A single hub can contain spokes from multiple regions. However, if any of a hub's spokes use the data transfer feature, the resources associated with those spokes must all reside in the same VPC network. Spokes that do not use data transfer can be associated with any VPC network in your project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the hub was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the hub. "labels": { # Optional labels in key:value format. For more information about labels, see [Requirements for labels](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements). @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC networks associated with this hub's spokes. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. - { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks that are associated with a hub's spokes. + { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC networks associated with the spokes of a Network Connectivity Center hub. "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. At most, one VPC network will have this field set to true. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html index 14206ad9a57..d0b3bac88e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html @@ -79,25 +79,25 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, spokeId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a spoke in the specified project and location.
+Creates a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
-
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified spoke.
+Deletes a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
-Gets details about the specified spoke.
+Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists the spokes in the specified project and location.
+Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the parameters of the specified spoke.
+Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@Method Details
create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, spokeId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a spoke in the specified project and location. +Creates a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances +{ # A Network Connectivity Center spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the spoke was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the spoke. "hub": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes the specified spoke. +Deletes a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the spoke to delete. (required) @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@Method Details
get(name, x__xgafv=None)-Gets details about the specified spoke. +Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the spoke resource. (required) @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances + { # A Network Connectivity Center spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the spoke was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the spoke. "hub": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@Method Details
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)-Lists the spokes in the specified project and location. +Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource. (required) @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@Method Details
{ # The response for HubService.ListSpokes. "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the List response. It should be used as page_token for the following request. An empty value means no more result. "spokes": [ # The requested spokes. - { # A spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances + { # A Network Connectivity Center spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the spoke was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the spoke. "hub": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to. @@ -394,14 +394,14 @@Method Details
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Updates the parameters of the specified spoke. +Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances +{ # A Network Connectivity Center spoke represents a connection between your Google Cloud network resources and a non-Google-Cloud network. When you create a spoke, you associate it with a hub. You must also identify a value for exactly one of the following fields: * linked_vpn_tunnels * linked_interconnect_attachments * linked_router_appliance_instances "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the spoke was created. "description": "A String", # An optional description of the spoke. "hub": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub that this spoke is attached to. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html index 25861239a11..95a3af39b77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html @@ -79,25 +79,25 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
create(parent, body=None, hubId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new Hub in a given project and location.
+Creates a new Network Connectivity Center hub in the specified project.
-
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single Hub.
+Deletes a Network Connectivity Center hub.
-Gets details of a single Hub.
+Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center hub.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists Hubs in a given project and location.
+Lists the Network Connectivity Center hubs associated with a given project.
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the parameters of a single Hub.
+Updates the description and/or labels of a Network Connectivity Center hub.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@Method Details
create(parent, body=None, hubId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a new Hub in a given project and location. +Creates a new Network Connectivity Center hub in the specified project. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource's name of the Hub. (required) @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes a single Hub. +Deletes a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the Hub to delete. (required) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@Method Details
get(name, x__xgafv=None)-Gets details of a single Hub. +Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Required. Name of the Hub resource to get. (required) @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@Method Details
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)-Lists Hubs in a given project and location. +Lists the Network Connectivity Center hubs associated with a given project. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource's name. (required) @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@Method Details
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Updates the parameters of a single Hub. +Updates the description and/or labels of a Network Connectivity Center hub. Args: name: string, Immutable. The name of a Hub resource. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html index 10d98e56974..7d540576902 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html @@ -94,6 +94,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the operations Resource.
+ +Returns the serviceIdentifiers Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c48aff442a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.serviceIdentifiers.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +Network Connectivity API . projects . locations . serviceIdentifiers
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
++
+setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
++
+testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set. + +Args: + resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required) + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. + { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. + "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. + { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. + "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. + "A String", + ], + "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. + }, + ], + "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. + }, + ], + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. + "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. + "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + }, + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "A String", + ], + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + }, + ], + "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. + "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). +}+++ +setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. + +Args: + resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. + { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. + "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. + { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. + "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. + "A String", + ], + "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. + }, + ], + "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. + }, + ], + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. + "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. + "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + }, + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "A String", + ], + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + }, + ], + "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. + "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + }, + "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"` +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. + { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. + "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. + { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. + "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. + "A String", + ], + "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. + }, + ], + "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. + }, + ], + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. + "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. + "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + }, + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "A String", + ], + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + }, + ], + "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. + "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html index 7de974c51c0..0775db3785a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html @@ -79,25 +79,25 @@testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning. + +Args: + resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method. + "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions). + "A String", + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method. + "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed. + "A String", + ], +}+Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, spokeId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new Spoke in a given project and location.
+Creates a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
-
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a single Spoke.
+Deletes a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
-Gets details of a single Spoke.
+Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists Spokes in a given project and location.
+Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the parameters of a single Spoke.
+Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@Method Details
create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, spokeId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a new Spoke in a given project and location. +Creates a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent's resource name of the Spoke. (required) @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes a single Spoke. +Deletes a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the Spoke to delete. (required) @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@Method Details
get(name, x__xgafv=None)-Gets details of a single Spoke. +Gets details about a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Required. The name of Spoke resource. (required) @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@Method Details
@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)-Lists Spokes in a given project and location. +Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent's resource name. (required) @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@Method Details
@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Updates the parameters of a single Spoke. +Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke. Args: name: string, Immutable. The name of a Spoke resource. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html index f7eed99036f..815d0d5bbf2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -126,13 +126,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -222,13 +222,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -350,13 +350,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html index e2b7d02e102..88f65b9622c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html index b372d3ca89f..d43a94cffc9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the HttpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of HttpRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListHttpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html index 85efd06bb41..31b1fff4c88 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TcpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TcpRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTcpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index 7d4ef3ce008..58e16a9fcdf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TlsRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TlsRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTlsRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html index f423f708be5..4815c009570 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -126,13 +126,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -222,13 +222,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -350,13 +350,13 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the Gateway resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/*/gateways/`. - "ports": [ # Required. One or more ports that the Gateway must receive traffic on. The proxy binds to the ports specified. Gateway listen on 0.0.0.0 on the ports specified below. + "ports": [ # Required. One or more port numbers (1-65535), on which the Gateway will receive traffic. The proxy binds to the specified ports. Gateways of type 'SECURE_WEB_GATEWAY' are limited to 1 port. Gateways of type 'OPEN_MESH' listen on 0.0.0.0 and support multiple ports. 42, ], "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Scope determines how configuration across multiple Gateway instances are merged. The configuration for multiple Gateway instances with the same scope will be merged as presented as a single coniguration to the proxy/load balancer. Max length 64 characters. Scope should start with a letter and can only have letters, numbers, hyphens. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource "serverTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A fully-qualified ServerTLSPolicy URL reference. Specifies how TLS traffic is terminated. If empty, TLS termination is disabled. - "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. + "type": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the customer managed gateway. This field is required. If unspecified, an error is returned. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html index bc77838bcdc..5be8e6629ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.grpcRoutes.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "retryPolicy": { # The specifications for retries. # Optional. Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. - "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specpfied, default to 1. + "numRetries": 42, # Specifies the allowed number of retries. This number must be > 0. If not specified, default to 1. "retryConditions": [ # - connect-failure: Router will retry on failures connecting to Backend Services, for example due to connection timeouts. - refused-stream: Router will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled - deadline-exceeded: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded - resource-exhausted: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted - unavailable: Router will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html index a03ae7c82f1..d6d562d6bf2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.httpRoutes.html @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the HttpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of HttpRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListHttpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListHttpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html index 99483d6ba9d..aad4d2eca33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tcpRoutes.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TcpRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TcpRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTcpRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTcpRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index 41ca9384648..f377c27ebca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. The project and location from which the TlsRoutes should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/global`. (required) pageSize: integer, Maximum number of TlsRoutes to return per call. - pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListRouters` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. + pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListTlsRoutesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListTlsRoutes` call, and that the system should return the next page of data. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html index aa9e92b0327..f19e3761b39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the anomaly. Format: apps/{app}/anomalies/{anomaly} "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Timeline specification that covers the anomaly period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html index 9047b46c637..e3a93767cac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the default and only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html index c0b93cc12a4..ae2427b04d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the default and only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html index 73a575abd00..a9b271798ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. The default and only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html index b7ef90c60e8..b9fe028e4e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html @@ -96,22 +96,22 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of the error issues, indicating the application for which they were received. Format: apps/{app} (required) filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the issues. Counts in the returned error issues will only reflect occurrences that matched the filter. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "walleye" OR deviceModel = "marlin"`. * `deviceType`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error issues of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = CRASH OR errorIssueType = ANR`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not a valid filter. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` - interval_endTime_day: integer, Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - interval_endTime_hours: integer, Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - interval_endTime_month: integer, Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + interval_endTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + interval_endTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. - interval_startTime_day: integer, Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - interval_startTime_hours: integer, Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - interval_startTime_minutes: integer, Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - interval_startTime_month: integer, Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + interval_startTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + interval_startTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html index b0b4ea2b5eb..43f516eb57f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html @@ -96,22 +96,22 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of the reports, indicating the application for which they were received. Format: apps/{app} (required) filter: string, A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = "walleye" OR deviceModel = "marlin"`. * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` - interval_endTime_day: integer, Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - interval_endTime_hours: integer, Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - interval_endTime_month: integer, Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + interval_endTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + interval_endTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + interval_endTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. - interval_startTime_day: integer, Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - interval_startTime_hours: integer, Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - interval_startTime_minutes: integer, Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - interval_startTime_month: integer, Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + interval_startTime_hours: integer, Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + interval_startTime_minutes: integer, Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html index 9a9d0dfd9bd..ccc67698d2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html index caa7f15f8b0..9dbc779b978 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html index 27f21aeba6a..0f6055bb38a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the anomaly. Format: apps/{app}/anomalies/{anomaly} "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Timeline specification that covers the anomaly period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html index f288d565f47..f7249c2cfdc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the default and only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html index 7cb208457f7..d1fa03713d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the default and only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html index e3cb9c67fee..6e54e5bfd75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html index 932e4c20b0c..9631964fccf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@Method Details
"freshnesses": [ # Information about data freshness for every supported aggregation period. This field has set semantics, keyed by the `aggregation_period` field. { # Information about data freshness for a single aggregation period. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Aggregation period for which data is available. - "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "latestEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Latest end time for which data is available, for the aggregation period. The time is specified in the metric set's default timezone. *Note:* time ranges in TimelineSpec are represented as `start_time, end_time)`. For example, if the latest available timeline data point for a `DAILY` aggregation period is `2021-06-23 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles`, the value of this field would be `2021-06-24 00:00:00 America/Los_Angeles` so it can be easily reused in [TimelineSpec.end_time. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@Method Details
"pageToken": "A String", # A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to the request must match the call that provided the page token. "timelineSpec": { # Specification of the time-related aggregation parameters of a timeline. Timelines have an aggregation period (`DAILY`, `HOURLY`, etc) which defines how events are aggregated in metrics. The points in a timeline are defined by the starting DateTime of the aggregation period. The duration is implicit in the AggregationPeriod. Hourly aggregation periods, when supported by a metric set, are always specified in UTC to avoid ambiguities around daylight saving time transitions, where an hour is skipped when adopting DST, and repeated when abandoning DST. For example, the timestamp '2021-11-07 01:00:00 America/Los_Angeles' is ambiguous since it can correspond to '2021-11-07 08:00:00 UTC' or '2021-11-07 09:00:00 UTC'. Daily aggregation periods require specifying a timezone which will determine the precise instants of the start and the end of the day. Not all metric sets support all timezones, so make sure to check which timezones are supported by the metric set you want to query. # Specification of the timeline aggregation parameters. **Supported aggregation periods:** * DAILY: metrics are aggregated in calendar date intervals. Due to historical constraints, the only supported timezone is `America/Los_Angeles`. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # Type of the aggregation period of the datapoints in the timeline. Intervals are identified by the date and time at the start of the interval. - "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "endTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Ending datapoint of the timeline (exclusive). See start_time for restrictions. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@Method Details
"utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. }, - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting datapoint of the timeline (inclusive). Must be aligned to the aggregation period as follows: * HOURLY: the 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. The time_zone can be left unset (defaults to UTC) or set explicitly to "UTC". Setting any other utc_offset or timezone id will result in a validation error. * DAILY: the 'hours', 'minutes', 'seconds' and 'nanos' fields must be unset. Different metric sets support different timezones. It can be left unset to use the default timezone specified by the metric set. The timezone of the end point must match the timezone of the start point. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@Method Details
"metric": "A String", # Name of the metric. }, ], - "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year is 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year. month and day must have valid, non-zero values. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. - "day": 42, # Required. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month. - "hours": 42, # Required. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. - "minutes": 42, # Required. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. - "month": 42, # Required. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12. - "nanos": 42, # Required. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. - "seconds": 42, # Required. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "startTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Starting date (and time for hourly aggregation) of the period covered by this row. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html index b93d26d3d96..a6a8ad273cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@Instance Methods
Updates an existing subscription. Note that certain properties of a subscription, such as its topic, are not modifiable.
-
pull(subscription, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Pulls messages from the server. The server may return `UNAVAILABLE` if there are too many concurrent pull requests pending for the given subscription.
+Pulls messages from the server.
seek(subscription, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Seeks an existing subscription to a point in time or to a given snapshot, whichever is provided in the request. Snapshots are used in [Seek] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview) operations, which allow you to manage message acknowledgments in bulk. That is, you can set the acknowledgment state of messages in an existing subscription to the state captured by a snapshot. Note that both the subscription and the snapshot must be on the same topic.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@Method Details
pull(subscription, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Pulls messages from the server. The server may return `UNAVAILABLE` if there are too many concurrent pull requests pending for the given subscription. +Pulls messages from the server. Args: subscription: string, Required. The subscription from which messages should be pulled. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{sub}`. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 536d9a8336d..59474a7168d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@Method Details
"attributionToken": "A String", # A unique complete token. This should be included in the UserEvent.completion_detail for search events resulting from this completion, which enables accurate attribution of complete model performance. "completionResults": [ # Results of the matching suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is top suggestion. { # Resource that represents completion results. - "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. This is an experimental feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. + "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. It requires UserEvent.product_details is imported properly. "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product. "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details. "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 276616abe2d..0f663663a76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -97,18 +97,18 @@Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 6d8a2531d0c..c90253b332e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -97,18 +97,18 @@Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html index 96194dfcbf1..f135ee432ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html index a16170d8504..6808b9813e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -94,6 +94,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the controls Resource.
++
+models()+Returns the models Resource.
+ @@ -177,7 +182,7 @@Method Details
"attributionToken": "A String", # A unique complete token. This should be included in the UserEvent.completion_detail for search events resulting from this completion, which enables accurate attribution of complete model performance. "completionResults": [ # Results of the matching suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is top suggestion. { # Resource that represents completion results. - "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. This is an experimental feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. + "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. It requires UserEvent.product_details is imported properly. "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product. "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details. "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9bd28c9cea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.models.html @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ + + + +Retail API . projects . locations . catalogs . models
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(parent, body=None, dryRun=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new model.
+ +Deletes an existing model.
++
+list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists all the models linked to this event store.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update of model metadata. Only fields that currently can be updated are: filtering_option, periodic_tuning_state. If other values are provided, this API method will ignore them.
++
+pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Pauses the training of an existing model.
++
+resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Resumes the training of an existing model.
++
+tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Tunes an existing model.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +create(parent, body=None, dryRun=None, x__xgafv=None)+Creates a new model. + +Args: + parent: string, Required. The parent resource under which to create the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id} (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. +} + + dryRun: boolean, Optional. Whether to run a dry_run to validate the request (without actually creating the model). + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+++ +delete(name, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes an existing model. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The resource name of the [Model] to delete. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } +}+++ +list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Lists all the models linked to this event store. + +Args: + parent: string, Required. The parent for which to list models. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id} (required) + pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListModels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response to a ListModelRequest. + "models": [ # List of Models. + { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. + }, + ], + "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. +}+++ +list_next()+Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++++ +patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)+Update of model metadata. Only fields that currently can be updated are: filtering_option, periodic_tuning_state. If other values are provided, this API method will ignore them. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. +} + + updateMask: string, Optional. Indicates which fields in the provided 'model' to update. If not set, will by default update all fields. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. +}+++ +pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Pauses the training of an existing model. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the model to pause. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request for pausing training of a model. +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. +}+++ +resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Resumes the training of an existing model. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the model to resume. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request for resuming training of a model. +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of a Model. A Model can be associated with a ServingConfig and then queried through the Predict api. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was created at. + "dataState": "A String", # Output only. The state of data requirements for this model: DATA_OK and DATA_ERROR. Recommendation model cannot be trained if the data is in DATA_ERROR state. Recommendation model can have DATA_ERROR state even if serving state is ACTIVE: models were trained successfully before, but cannot be refreshed because model no longer has sufficient data for training. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the model. Should be human readable, used to display Recommendation Models in the Retail Pantheon Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. + "filteringOption": "A String", # Optional. If RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, recommendation filtering by attributes is enabled for the model. + "lastTuneTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the latest successful tune finished. + "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name of the model. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} catalog_id has char limit of 50. recommendation_model_id has char limit of 40. + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # Optional. The optimization objective e.g. `cvr`. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`, `revenue-per-order`. If not specified, we choose default based on model type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` `frequently-bought-together` => `revenue_per_order` + "pageOptimizationConfig": { # The PageOptimizationConfig for model training. This determines how many panels to optimize for, and which serving configurations to consider for each panel. The purpose of this model is to optimize which ServingConfig to show on which panels in way that optimizes the visitors shopping journey. # Optional. The page optimization config. + "pageOptimizationEventType": "A String", # Required. The type of UserEvent this page optimization is shown for. Each page has an associated event type - this will be the corresponding event type for the page that the page optimization model is used on. Supported types: * `add-to-cart`: Products being added to cart. * `detail-page-view`: Products detail page viewed. * `home-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `category-page-view`: Homepage viewed * `shopping-cart-page-view`: User viewing a shopping cart. `home-page-view` only allows models with type `recommended-for-you`. All other page_optimization_event_type allow all Model.types. + "panels": [ # Required. A list of panel configurations. Limit = 5. + { # An individual panel with a list of ServingConfigs to consider for it. + "candidates": [ # Required. The candidates to consider on the panel. Limit = 10. + { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + ], + "defaultCandidate": { # A candidate to consider for a given panel. Currently only ServingConfig are valid candidates. # Required. The default candidate (in case the model fails at serving time, we can fall back to the default). + "servingConfigId": "A String", # This has to be a valid ServingConfig identifier. e.g. for a ServingConfig with full name: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/my_candidate_config` this would be 'my_candidate_config' + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The name to display for the panel. + }, + ], + "restriction": "A String", # Optional. How to restrict results across panels e.g. can the same ServingConfig be shown on multiple panels at once. If unspecified, default to `UNIQUE_MODEL_RESTRICTION`. + }, + "periodicTuningState": "A String", # Optional. The state of periodic tuning. The period we use is 3 months - to do a one-off tune earlier use the TuneModel method. Default value is PERIODIC_TUNING_ENABLED. + "servingState": "A String", # Output only. The serving state of the model: ACTIVE, NOT_ACTIVE. + "trainingState": "A String", # Optional. The training state that the model is in (e.g. TRAINING or PAUSED). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train model in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for CreateModel method is TRAINING. the default value for UpdateModel method is to keep the state the same as before. + "tuningOperation": "A String", # Output only. The tune operation associated with the model. Can be used to determine if there is an ongoing tune for this recommendation. Empty field implies no tune is goig on. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of model e.g. `home-page`. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `frequently-bought-together`, `page-optimization`, 'similar-items', 'buy-it-again', `recently-viewed`(readonly value). + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Model was last updated. E.g. if a Recommendation Model was paused - this would be the time the pause was initiated. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 3a1b00629fb..fe3f10d4a3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -97,18 +97,18 @@tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Tunes an existing model. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The resource name of the model to tune. Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/catalogs/{catalog_id}/models/{model_id} (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request to manually start a tuning process now (instead of waiting for the periodically scheduled tuning to happen). +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 14cad36b213..3529955f892 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -544,18 +544,18 @@Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html index 0e75bfa5bbe..6e03b4fb30b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.controls.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that will be applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. + "filterAction": { # * Rule Condition: - No Condition.query_terms provided is a global match. - 1 or more Condition.query_terms provided is combined with OR operator. * Action Input: The request query and filter that are applied to the retrieved products, in addition to any filters already provided with the SearchRequest. The AND operator is used to combine the query's existing filters with the filter rule(s). NOTE: May result in 0 results when filters conflict. * Action Result: Filters the returned objects to be ONLY those that passed the filter. # Filters results. "filter": "A String", # A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Supported features: * filter must be set. * Filter syntax is identical to SearchRequest.filter. See more details at the Retail Search [user guide](/retail/search/docs/filter-and-order#filter). * To filter products with product ID "product_1" or "product_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": *(id: ANY("product_1", "product_2")) * *AND * *(colorFamilies: ANY("Red", "Blue")) * }, "ignoreAction": { # Prevents a term in the query from being used in search. Example: Don't search for "shoddy". # Ignores specific terms from query during search. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. + "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. * Rule Condition: - Must specify Condition.query_terms. * Action Input: Request Query * Action Result: Redirects shopper to provided uri. # Redirects a shopper to a specific page. "redirectUri": "A String", # URL must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. }, "replacementAction": { # Replaces a term in the query. Multiple replacement candidates can be specified. All `query_terms` will be replaced with the replacement term. Example: Replace "gShoe" with "google shoe". # Replaces specific terms in the query. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 92485c821d4..1c8af77f008 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@Method Details
"attributionToken": "A String", # A unique complete token. This should be included in the UserEvent.completion_detail for search events resulting from this completion, which enables accurate attribution of complete model performance. "completionResults": [ # Results of the matching suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is top suggestion. { # Resource that represents completion results. - "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. This is an experimental feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. + "attributes": { # Custom attributes for the suggestion term. * For "user-data", the attributes are additional custom attributes ingested through BigQuery. * For "cloud-retail", the attributes are product attributes generated by Cloud Retail. It requires UserEvent.product_details is imported properly. "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product. "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details. "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 01351c0f1ed..e89873bbfa2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -97,18 +97,18 @@Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 5d972ca70e2..bcfefcd5ddc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -544,18 +544,18 @@Method Details
Makes a recommendation prediction. Args: - placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*} or {placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) + placement: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/servingConfigs/*}` or `{placement=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/*}`. We recommend using the `servingConfigs` resource. `placements` is a legacy resource. The ID of the Recommendations AI serving config or placement. Before you can request predictions from your model, you must create at least one serving config or placement for it. For more information, see [Managing serving configurations] (https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/manage-configs). The full list of available serving configs can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/ai/retail/catalogs/default_catalog/configs (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # Request message for Predict method. - "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) + "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting prediction results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Accepts values for tags and the `filterOutOfStockItems` flag. * Tag expressions. Restricts predictions to products that match all of the specified tags. Boolean operators `OR` and `NOT` are supported if the expression is enclosed in parentheses, and must be separated from the tag values by a space. `-"tagA"` is also supported and is equivalent to `NOT "tagA"`. Tag values must be double quoted UTF-8 encoded strings with a size limit of 1,000 characters. Note: "Recently viewed" models don't support tag filtering at the moment. * filterOutOfStockItems. Restricts predictions to products that do not have a stockState value of OUT_OF_STOCK. Examples: * tag=("Red" OR "Blue") tag="New-Arrival" tag=(NOT "promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems tag=(-"promotional") * filterOutOfStockItems If your filter blocks all prediction results, the API will return generic (unfiltered) popular products. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to True in `PredictRequest.params` to receive empty results instead. Note that the API will never return items with storageStatus of "EXPIRED" or "DELETED" regardless of filter choices. If `filterSyntaxV2` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (colors: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Phones")) * (availability: ANY("IN_STOCK")) AND (colors: ANY("Red") OR categories: ANY("Phones")) "labels": { # The labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", }, "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return per page. Set this property to the number of prediction results needed. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 will be coerced to 100. - "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, please leave it unset. - "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field will be interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. + "pageToken": "A String", # This field is not used for now, leave it unset. + "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the predictions. Allowed values: * `returnProduct`: Boolean. If set to true, the associated product object will be returned in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the prediction 'score' corresponding to each returned product will be set in the `results.metadata` field in the prediction response. The given 'score' indicates the probability of an product being clicked/purchased given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to false, the service will return generic (unfiltered) popular products instead of empty if your filter blocks all prediction results. * `priceRerankLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-price-reranking', 'low-price-reranking', 'medium-price-reranking', 'high-price-reranking'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product price. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of {'no-diversity', 'low-diversity', 'medium-diversity', 'high-diversity', 'auto-diversity'}. This gives request-level control and adjusts prediction results based on product category. * `filterSyntaxV2`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreteted according to the new, attribute-based syntax. "a_key": "", }, "userEvent": { # UserEvent captures all metadata information Retail API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website. # Required. Context about the user, what they are looking at and what action they took to trigger the predict request. Note that this user event detail won't be ingested to userEvent logs. Thus, a separate userEvent write request is required for event logging. Don't set UserEvent.visitor_id or UserInfo.user_id to the same fixed ID for different users. If you are trying to receive non-personalized recommendations (not recommended; this can negatively impact model performance), instead set UserEvent.visitor_id to a random unique ID and leave UserInfo.user_id unset. @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance. - "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query will be used for search. + "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search. "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user. { # A facet result. "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index 1dac89c7efe..e00e5033c82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -651,6 +654,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -957,6 +963,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1276,6 +1285,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1596,6 +1608,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index bb12e153a10..21db81997e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -241,6 +241,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -547,6 +550,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -924,6 +930,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1267,6 +1276,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1573,6 +1585,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1892,6 +1907,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -2212,6 +2230,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index f91a0dece9d..7768d169c06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -651,6 +654,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -957,6 +963,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1276,6 +1285,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. @@ -1596,6 +1608,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings + "A String", + ], }, "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding. "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (i.e. privilege checks) relevant to the finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.html index 00c3d5e1601..f595f595d02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.html @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@Method Details
"cloudsqlConfigs": [ # Represents one or multiple Cloud SQL configurations. { # Cloud SQL configuration. "service": "A String", # Peering service used for peering with the Cloud SQL project. - "umbrellaNetwork": "A String", # The name of network in Cloud SQL umbrella project. - "umbrellaProject": "A String", # The project number of Cloud SQL umbrella project. + "umbrellaNetwork": "A String", # The name of the umbrella network in the Cloud SQL umbrella project. + "umbrellaProject": "A String", # The project number of the Cloud SQL umbrella project. }, ], "consumerExportCustomRoutes": True or False, # Export custom routes flag value for peering from consumer to producer. @@ -154,8 +154,8 @@Method Details
"cloudsqlConfigs": [ # Represents one or multiple Cloud SQL configurations. { # Cloud SQL configuration. "service": "A String", # Peering service used for peering with the Cloud SQL project. - "umbrellaNetwork": "A String", # The name of network in Cloud SQL umbrella project. - "umbrellaProject": "A String", # The project number of Cloud SQL umbrella project. + "umbrellaNetwork": "A String", # The name of the umbrella network in the Cloud SQL umbrella project. + "umbrellaProject": "A String", # The project number of the Cloud SQL umbrella project. }, ], "consumerExportCustomRoutes": True or False, # Export custom routes flag value for peering from consumer to producer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html index 9314eb443da..71f1e00cdff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@Method Details
{ # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs. + "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config. "leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], @@ -147,6 +148,7 @@Method Details
"instanceConfigs": [ # The list of requested instance configurations. { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs. + "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config. "leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.databaseRoles.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.databaseRoles.html index 589e7904cc8..9fccfdf9c0d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.databaseRoles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.databaseRoles.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@Instance Methods
Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database or backup resource. Attempting this RPC on a non-existent Cloud Spanner database will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.databases.list` permission on the containing Cloud Spanner instance. Otherwise returns an empty set of permissions. Calling this method on a backup that does not exist will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.backups.list` permission on the containing instance.
Method Details
+close()@@ -129,4 +132,34 @@Method Details
++testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database or backup resource. Attempting this RPC on a non-existent Cloud Spanner database will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.databases.list` permission on the containing Cloud Spanner instance. Otherwise returns an empty set of permissions. Calling this method on a backup that does not exist will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.backups.list` permission on the containing instance. + +Args: + resource: string, REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which permissions are being tested. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for database resources. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method. + "permissions": [ # REQUIRED: The set of permissions to check for 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*', 'spanner.*', 'spanner.instances.*') are not allowed. + "A String", + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method. + "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed. + "A String", + ], +}+